diff options
105 files changed, 0 insertions, 16516 deletions
diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index d500526..0000000 --- a/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -aclocal.m4 -autom4te.cache -config.guess -config.h.in -config.sub -configure -ltconfig -ltmain.sh -config.log -config.h -config.cache -libtool -config.status -stamp-h -stamp.h -gnome-common.spec diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/AUTHORS +++ /dev/null diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9b36a9a..0000000 --- a/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -2003-02-26 Frederic Crozat <fcrozat@mandrakesoft.com> - - * macros2/autogen.sh: set WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5 variable to tell - Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want to check if autoconf 2.5x is here.. - -2003-02-18 Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org> - - * configure.in : Don't depend on a file that James just deleted - -2002-12-12 Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org> - - * macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK) : now that autoconf-2.52 - is a prereq for things the build broke on the use of - AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG) - without the additional arguments. - -2001-12-11 Anders Carlsson <andersca@gnu.org> - - * configure.in: Up to 1.2.4. - -2001-09-20 Glynn Foster <glynn.foster@sun.com> - - * macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: replaced - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES with PKG_CHECK_MODULES - -2001-08-02 Michael Meeks <michael@ximian.com> - - * Version 1.2.3 - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * configure.in: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org instead of "sourceforce.net" [sic]. - -2001-07-26 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * doc/usage.txt: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at - www.freedesktop.org. - -2001-07-12 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * configure.in: Remove AC_ARG_PROGRAM, because AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE - already takes care of that. - -2001-05-22 Darin Adler <darin@eazel.com> - - * hack-macros/gnome.m4: Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL for - compatibility with the new gettext. - -2001-04-16 Darin Adler <darin@eazel.com> - - * gnome-common.spec.in: A cut at updating the spec file now that - the pkgconfig stuff and support stuff has gone away. - -2001-04-14 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-common.pc.in, gnome-common-2.0.pc.in: Removed. - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.2. - (--enable-platform-gnome-2): Removed this command line argument; - this package is now the same for GNOME 1.x and GNOME 2.0. - - * acinclude.m4: Removed. - * acconfig.h: Removed. - - * support/: We don't build this directory anymore; the GNOME 1.x - version of it is in gnome-libs/support and the GNOME 2.0 one is in - libgnomebase/libgnomesupport. - -2001-03-26 Robin * Slomkowski <rslomkow@eazel.com> - - * Makefile.am: added gnome-common.spec.in to EXTRA_DISTS - * configure.in: added gnome-common.spec.in - * gnome-common.spec: removed from repository as it appeared - generic - * gnome-common.spec.in: new spec file using Martin's suggestions - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - Released gnome-common 1.2.1. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.1. - - * configure.in (--enable-platform-gnome-2): New configure - command line argument to enable support for the GNOME 2.x - platform. - (PLATFORM_GNOME_2): New automake conditional. - * Do the GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS here if we're on the GNOME 2.x - platform. - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Conditionally add support for the - GNOME 2.x platform. - - * acinclude.m4: New file. Put stuff from gnome-support.m4 - and need-declaration.m4 here. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.0. - -1998-02-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * autogen.sh: New sample file. - * configure.in: Likewise. - * Makefile.am: Likewise. - * README: Likewise. - diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 3e50c64..0000000 --- a/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -SUBDIRS = bin macros macros2 doc - -EXTRA_DIST = gnome-common.spec - - @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every -GNOME application. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -To make this work both for GNOME Applications inside and outside the -GNOME CVS Tree I did the following: - -* There is an `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON' automake conditional which is defined - in two places: - - - macros/aclocal-includes.m4 defines this to always be false. - - - gnome-common/configure.in does not include anything from macros and - defines this to be true. - -* We use this automake conditional in the macros/Makefile.am to install - $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created gnome-macros.dep - in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'. - - Since aclocal doesn't look in subdirectories we can safely install them - there even when compiling from CVS. - - Also, there is no need to make any change to any existing application - in the GNOME CVS Tree - really fine ... - -* When we're outside the GNOME CVS Tree we simply need to tell aclocal that - it should also look in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome' and it will find all - the macros. - - The is a `gnome-skel' module in CVS that can be used as a starting point - when writing a new GNOME Application that should be used outside CVS. - -February 4, 1999, -Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100755 index ba239f3..0000000 --- a/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -srcdir=`dirname $0` -test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. - -PKG_NAME="Gnome Skeleton" - -(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \ -## put other tests here -) || { - echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the" - echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory" - exit 1 -} - -. $srcdir/macros/autogen.sh diff --git a/bin/.cvsignore b/bin/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 161a1f6..0000000 --- a/bin/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -gnome-autogen.sh diff --git a/bin/ChangeLog b/bin/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9f3fb24..0000000 --- a/bin/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-autogen.sh.in: New file. Autogen gnome-autogen.sh - from it; added GNOME_COMMON_DATA_DIR and make it actually - work. - -2000-11-20 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-autogen.sh: Initialize GNOME_DATADIR from - GNOME_DIR if set before trying gnome-config. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-autogen.sh: New file. Moved here from - the `macros' directory. - diff --git a/bin/Makefile.am b/bin/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 36bff37..0000000 --- a/bin/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-autogen.sh - -## We create gnome-autogen.sh here and not from configure because we want -## to get the paths expanded correctly. Macros like srcdir are given -## the value NONE in configure if the user doesn't specify them (this -## is an autoconf feature, not a bug). -gnome-autogen.sh: gnome-autogen.sh.in Makefile -## Use sed and then mv to avoid problems if the user interrupts. - sed -e 's#\@datadir\@#$(datadir)#g' \ - < $(srcdir)/gnome-autogen.sh.in > gnome-autogen.tmp \ - && mv gnome-autogen.tmp gnome-autogen.sh - -EXTRA_DIST = gnome-autogen.sh.in - - diff --git a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in b/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in deleted file mode 100644 index cb8b68b..0000000 --- a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -if test -z "USE_GNOME2_MACROS" ; then - USE_GNOME2_MACROS=0 -fi - -if test "$USE_GNOME2_MACROS" = 1 ; then - if test -z "$GNOME2_DIR" ; then - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@" - else - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME2_DIR/share" - fi - GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome2-macros" -else - if test -z "$GNOME_DIR" ; then - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@" - else - GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME_DIR/share" - fi - GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome-macros" -fi - -export GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR -export GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR - -ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" -export ACLOCAL_FLAGS - -. $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR/autogen.sh - diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in deleted file mode 100644 index 53b3da0..0000000 --- a/configure.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -AC_INIT(macros2/gnome-common.m4) - -AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gnome-common, 1.2.4) - -AM_MAINTAINER_MODE - -AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, true) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_FYI], [echo "FYI: " $1]) - -AC_ISC_POSIX -AC_PROG_CC -AC_PROG_CPP -AC_STDC_HEADERS -AM_PROG_LIBTOOL - -AC_PROG_AWK - -AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config) -if test "!" -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([ -*** You need the latest pkg-config. -*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from -*** <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>.]) -fi -AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG) - -AC_OUTPUT([ -Makefile -gnome-common.spec -macros/Makefile -macros2/Makefile -bin/Makefile -doc/Makefile]) - diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 3dda729..0000000 --- a/doc/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/doc/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null diff --git a/doc/usage.txt b/doc/usage.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 89b4d92..0000000 --- a/doc/usage.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -This module is intended for people who want to develop -GNOME Applications outside of the GNOME CVS tree or for -people who're developing inside GNOME CVS, but don't want -to carry the macros/ directory in their module. - -There are two modes of operation: - -1.) The GNOME 1.x platform is what you get when you - configure this module without any special parameters. - - This installs everything from the `macros' directory - in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' and provides a - `gnome-autogen.sh' in `$(bindir)'. - -2.) To enable support for the GNOME 2.x platform, gnome-common's - configure has a `--enable-platform-gnome-2' command line - argument which you need to use. - - The difference is that the GNOME 2.x version will require - a recent version of pkg-config (from freedesktop.org at - <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>) and also - compile the `support' directory. - - This is considered "hacker stuff" and has the same disclaimer - than gnome-libs HEAD. - - -To use this module in your package, you need to: - -1.) Compile and install gnome-common like any normal package. - -2.) You don't need to have a `macros/' dir in your package, - this stuff is going to replace it. - -3.) In your autogen.sh use this: - - --- - . gnome-autogen.sh - --- - - instead of - - --- - . macros/autogen.sh - --- - -4.) In you configure.in, remove the - - --- - AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros) - --- - - and replace it with - - --- - GNOME_COMMON_INIT - --- - -That's it. Now your app uses the macros which are installed -from gnome-common. - -[This is only intended for "hackers": - - If you want to use GNOME 2.0, just use - - --- - USE_GNOME_2_MACROS=1 . gnome-autogen.sh - --- - - in your autogen.sh. - - There's an example for this in LibGTop HEAD. -] - -Comments, Questions, etc. are welcome :) - - -Nov 21, 2000 -Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org> diff --git a/gnome-common.spec.in b/gnome-common.spec.in deleted file mode 100644 index aba8ca4..0000000 --- a/gnome-common.spec.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -# Note this is NOT a relocatable thing :) -%define name gnome-common -%define ver @VERSION@ -%define RELEASE 0_cvs_0 -%define rel %{?CUSTOM_RELEASE} %{!?CUSTOM_RELEASE:%RELEASE} -%define prefix /usr -%define sysconfdir /etc - -Name: %name -Summary: gnome-common contains usefull things common to building gnome packages -Version: %ver -Distribution: GNOME -Vendor: CVS -Release: %rel -Copyright: GPL -Group: Development/Tools -Source: %{name}-%{ver}.tar.gz -URL: http://gnome.org -BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{ver}-root -Docdir: %{prefix}/doc - -%description -gnome-common is for developing various GNOME modules that have to do similar things - -%changelog -* Mon Mar 26 2000 Robin * Slomkowski <rslomkow@rslomkow.org> -- created this thing, and replaced the generic specfile - -%prep -%setup - -%build -%ifarch alpha - MYARCH_FLAGS="--host=alpha-redhat-linux" -%endif - -LC_ALL="" -LINGUAS="" -LANG="" -export LC_ALL LINGUAS LANG - -CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure $MYARCH_FLAGS \ - --prefix=%{prefix} \ - --enable-platform-gnome-2 \ - --sysconfdir=%{sysconfdir} - -if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then - (make "MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"; exit 0) - make -else - make -fi - -%install -[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -make prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{prefix} sysconfdir=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{sysconfdir} install - -for FILE in "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/bin/*"; do - file "$FILE" | grep -q not\ stripped && strip $FILE -done - -%clean -[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -%post -if ! grep %{prefix}/lib /etc/ld.so.conf > /dev/null ; then - echo "%{prefix}/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf -fi - -/sbin/ldconfig - -%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig - -%files - -%defattr(0555, bin, bin) -%{prefix}/bin/* - -%defattr (0444, bin, bin) -%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome-macros/* -%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome2-macros/* diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 954b766..0000000 --- a/intl/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -po2msg.sed -po2tbl.sed -Makefile -Makefile.in diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 84e2b37..0000000 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -2001-09-13 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org> - - * Version 0.10.40 released. - diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 19ed4a7..0000000 --- a/intl/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. -# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -top_builddir = .. -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -transform = @program_transform_name@ -libdir = @libdir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale -gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl -aliaspath = $(localedir) -subdir = intl - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` - -l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ - -AR = ar -CC = @CC@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d -YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext - -DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ --DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ - -COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) - -HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h -COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h -SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c -COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ -finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ -explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \ -localcharset.c -OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ -finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ -explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \ -plural.$lo localcharset.$lo -GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo -DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ -config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) -DISTFILES.generated = plural.c -DISTFILES.normal = VERSION -DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc -DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c - -# Libtool's library version information for libintl. -# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this -# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". -# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* -# change these values. -LTV_CURRENT=1 -LTV_REVISION=1 -LTV_AGE=0 - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) $< -.c.lo: - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< - -.y.c: - $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< - rm -f $*.h - -.sin.sed: - sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl - -all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed -all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la -all-no-no: - -libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) - rm -f $@ - $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) - $(RANLIB) $@ - -libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ - $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ - $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \ - -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ - -rpath $(libdir) \ - -no-undefined - -libintl.h: libgnuintl.h - cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h - -charset.alias: config.charset - $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -check: all - -# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which -# only use the library should use install instead. - -# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a -# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a -# separate library. -# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the -# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. -install: install-exec install-data -install-exec: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ - orig=charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ - test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi -install-data: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ - dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. -installcheck: - -uninstall: - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ - && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -info dvi: - -$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h -bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h -dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h - -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - -id: ID - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - - -mostlyclean: - rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.* - rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed - rm -f -r .libs _libs - -clean: mostlyclean - -distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile ID TAGS - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean: distclean - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - - -# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some -# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. -distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) -dist distdir: Makefile - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ - else \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ - fi; \ - $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ - for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ - || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ - done - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d58..0000000 --- a/intl/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org> - diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION deleted file mode 100644 index cb8a01a..0000000 --- a/intl/VERSION +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6a9bd1..0000000 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ -extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ -#endif - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - -/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP - to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. - If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not - modified, only the current value is returned. - If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither - modified nor returned. */ -static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; -{ - struct binding *binding; - int modified; - - /* Some sanity checks. */ - if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') - { - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - return; - } - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - modified = 0; - - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding != NULL) - { - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *dirnamep = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->dirname; - if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - } - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (binding->dirname); - - binding->dirname = result; - modified = 1; - } - } - *dirnamep = result; - } - } - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *codesetp = binding->codeset; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->codeset; - if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->codeset != NULL) - free (binding->codeset); - - binding->codeset = result; - binding->codeset_cntr++; - modified = 1; - } - } - *codesetp = result; - } - } - } - else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) - && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) - { - /* Simply return the default values. */ - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We have to create a new binding. */ - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - struct binding *new_binding = - (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); - - if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) - goto failed; - - memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); - - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The default value. */ - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - char *result; -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - dirname = result; - } - } - *dirnamep = dirname; - new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; - } - else - /* The default value. */ - new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - - new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset != NULL) - { - char *result; - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - codeset = result; - new_binding->codeset_cntr++; - } - *codesetp = codeset; - new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; - } - else - new_binding->codeset = NULL; - - /* Now enqueue it. */ - if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) - { - new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; - } - else - { - binding = _nl_domain_bindings; - while (binding->next != NULL - && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) - binding = binding->next; - - new_binding->next = binding->next; - binding->next = new_binding; - } - - modified = 1; - - /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ - if (0) - { - failed_codeset: - if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (new_binding->dirname); - failed_dirname: - free (new_binding); - failed: - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - } - - /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ - if (modified) - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -} - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); - return (char *) dirname; -} - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); - return (char *) codeset; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); -weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 867d901..0000000 --- a/intl/cat-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <string.h> -#else -char *getenv (); -# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H -# include <malloc.h> -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H -# include <nl_types.h> -#endif - -#include "libgettext.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX - defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected - system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* The catalog descriptor. */ -static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1; - -/* Name of the default catalog. */ -static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages"; - -/* Name of currently used catalog. */ -static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name; - -/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */ -static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg)); - -/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -#endif - - -/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */ -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - nl_catd new_catalog; - char *new_name; - size_t new_name_len; - char *lang; - -#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \ - && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL - lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL); -#else - lang = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - { - lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = getenv ("LANG"); - } -#endif - if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') - lang = "C"; - - /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) catalog_name; - - if (domainname[0] == '\0') - domainname = default_catalog_name; - - /* Compute length of added path element. */ - new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang) - + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1 - + sizeof (".cat"); - - new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len); - if (new_name == NULL) - return NULL; - - strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */ - sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang, - PACKAGE); - new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); - - if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - { - free (new_name); - return (char *) catalog_name; - } - } - - /* Close old catalog. */ - if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1) - catclose (catalog); - if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name) - free ((char *) catalog_name); - - catalog = new_catalog; - catalog_name = new_name; - - return (char *) catalog_name; -} - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ -#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV - char *old_val, *new_val, *cp; - size_t new_val_len; - - /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return NULL; - - /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need - the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this - peanuts. */ - new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname) - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - - old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH"); - if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0') - { - old_val = NULL; - new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 - + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); - } - else - new_val_len += strlen (old_val); - - new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len); - if (new_val == NULL) - return NULL; - -# if HAVE_SETENV - cp = new_val; -# else - cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH="); -# endif - - cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname); - cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:"); - - if (old_val == NULL) - { -# if __STDC__ - stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# else - - cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR); - stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); -# endif - } - else - stpcpy (cp, old_val); - -# if HAVE_SETENV - setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1); - free (new_val); -# else - putenv (new_val); - /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used - from now on. */ -# endif - -#endif - - return (char *) domainname; -} - -#undef gettext -char * -gettext (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int msgid; - - if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1) - return (char *) msg; - - /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1. - The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id' - which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */ - msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg); - if (msgid == -1) - return (char *) msg; - - return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg); -} - -/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries - for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when - the string is not found return -1. */ -static int -msg_to_cat_id (msg) - const char *msg; -{ - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt) - if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0) - return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number; - - return -1; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset deleted file mode 100755 index f4f2611..0000000 --- a/intl/config.charset +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# The table consists of lines of the form -# ALIAS CANONICAL -# -# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". -# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. -# -# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. -# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is -# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case -# MIME charset name is preferred. -# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. -# -# name used by which systems a MIME name? -# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd -# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes -# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes -# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-13 glibc -# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd -# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes -# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes -# CP437 dos -# CP775 dos -# CP850 aix osf dos -# CP852 dos -# CP855 dos -# CP856 aix -# CP857 dos -# CP861 dos -# CP862 dos -# CP864 dos -# CP865 dos -# CP866 freebsd dos -# CP869 dos -# CP874 win32 dos -# CP922 aix -# CP932 aix win32 dos -# CP943 aix -# CP949 osf win32 dos -# CP950 win32 dos -# CP1046 aix -# CP1124 aix -# CP1129 aix -# CP1250 win32 -# CP1251 glibc win32 -# CP1252 aix win32 -# CP1253 win32 -# CP1254 win32 -# CP1255 win32 -# CP1256 win32 -# CP1257 win32 -# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris -# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# BIG5-HKSCS glibc -# GBK aix osf win32 dos -# GB18030 glibc -# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# JOHAB glibc win32 -# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris -# VISCII glibc yes -# HP-ROMAN8 hpux -# HP-ARABIC8 hpux -# HP-GREEK8 hpux -# HP-HEBREW8 hpux -# HP-TURKISH8 hpux -# HP-KANA8 hpux -# DEC-KANJI osf -# DEC-HANYU osf -# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# -# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in -# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). -# -# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications -# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. -# -# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM - -host="$1" -os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` -echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," -echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." -echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." -# List of references, updated during installation: -echo "# Packages using this file: " -case "$os" in - linux* | *-gnu*) - # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, - # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all - # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not - # need to install the alias file at all. - # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. - echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" - ;; - aix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "IBM-850 CP850" - echo "IBM-856 CP856" - echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" - echo "IBM-922 CP922" - echo "IBM-932 CP932" - echo "IBM-943 CP943" - echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" - echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" - echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" - echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" - echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" - echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - hpux*) - echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" - echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" - echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" - echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" - echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" - echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" - echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" - echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" - echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" - echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" - echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" - echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" - echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" - echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" - echo "tis620 TIS-620" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "hp15CN GB2312" - #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "utf8 UTF-8" - ;; - irix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "eucCN GB2312" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - ;; - osf*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "cp850 CP850" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" - echo "dechanzi GB2312" - echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" - echo "deckorean EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "KSC5601 CP949" - echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TACTIS TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - solaris*) - echo "646 ASCII" - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" - echo "BIG5 BIG5" - echo "gb2312 GB2312" - echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" - echo "5601 EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" - #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - freebsd*) - # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "C ASCII" - echo "US-ASCII ASCII" - for l in la_LN lt_LN; do - echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" - done - for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ - fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ - lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - done - for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - done - for l in la_LN lt_LT; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - done - for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do - echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" - echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "$l.CP866 CP866" - done - echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" - echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" - echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" - echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" - echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" - echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" - ;; - beos*) - # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. - echo "* UTF-8" - ;; - msdosdjgpp*) - # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "#" - echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." - echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" - echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" - echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" - echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>" - echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>." - echo "#" - echo "C ASCII" - # ISO-8859-1 languages - echo "ca CP850" - echo "ca_ES CP850" - echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "de CP850" - echo "de_AT CP850" - echo "de_CH CP850" - echo "de_DE CP850" - echo "en CP850" - echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "en_CA CP850" - echo "en_GB CP850" - echo "en_NZ CP437" - echo "en_US CP437" - echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "es CP850" - echo "es_AR CP850" - echo "es_BO CP850" - echo "es_CL CP850" - echo "es_CO CP850" - echo "es_CR CP850" - echo "es_CU CP850" - echo "es_DO CP850" - echo "es_EC CP850" - echo "es_ES CP850" - echo "es_GT CP850" - echo "es_HN CP850" - echo "es_MX CP850" - echo "es_NI CP850" - echo "es_PA CP850" - echo "es_PY CP850" - echo "es_PE CP850" - echo "es_SV CP850" - echo "es_UY CP850" - echo "es_VE CP850" - echo "et CP850" - echo "et_EE CP850" - echo "eu CP850" - echo "eu_ES CP850" - echo "fi CP850" - echo "fi_FI CP850" - echo "fr CP850" - echo "fr_BE CP850" - echo "fr_CA CP850" - echo "fr_CH CP850" - echo "fr_FR CP850" - echo "ga CP850" - echo "ga_IE CP850" - echo "gd CP850" - echo "gd_GB CP850" - echo "gl CP850" - echo "gl_ES CP850" - echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "it CP850" - echo "it_CH CP850" - echo "it_IT CP850" - echo "lt CP775" - echo "lt_LT CP775" - echo "lv CP775" - echo "lv_LV CP775" - echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nl CP850" - echo "nl_BE CP850" - echo "nl_NL CP850" - echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "pt CP850" - echo "pt_BR CP850" - echo "pt_PT CP850" - echo "sv CP850" - echo "sv_SE CP850" - # ISO-8859-2 languages - echo "cs CP852" - echo "cs_CZ CP852" - echo "hr CP852" - echo "hr_HR CP852" - echo "hu CP852" - echo "hu_HU CP852" - echo "pl CP852" - echo "pl_PL CP852" - echo "ro CP852" - echo "ro_RO CP852" - echo "sk CP852" - echo "sk_SK CP852" - echo "sl CP852" - echo "sl_SI CP852" - echo "sq CP852" - echo "sq_AL CP852" - echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - # ISO-8859-3 languages - echo "mt CP850" - echo "mt_MT CP850" - # ISO-8859-5 languages - echo "be CP866" - echo "be_BE CP866" - echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? - # ISO-8859-6 languages - echo "ar CP864" - echo "ar_AE CP864" - echo "ar_DZ CP864" - echo "ar_EG CP864" - echo "ar_IQ CP864" - echo "ar_IR CP864" - echo "ar_JO CP864" - echo "ar_KW CP864" - echo "ar_MA CP864" - echo "ar_OM CP864" - echo "ar_QA CP864" - echo "ar_SA CP864" - echo "ar_SY CP864" - # ISO-8859-7 languages - echo "el CP869" - echo "el_GR CP869" - # ISO-8859-8 languages - echo "he CP862" - echo "he_IL CP862" - # ISO-8859-9 languages - echo "tr CP857" - echo "tr_TR CP857" - # Japanese - echo "ja CP932" - echo "ja_JP CP932" - # Chinese - echo "zh_CN GBK" - echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? - # Korean - echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? - echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? - # Thai - echo "th CP874" - echo "th_TH CP874" - # Other - echo "eo CP850" - echo "eo_EO CP850" - ;; -esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index b7c9652..0000000 --- a/intl/dcgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6acde19..0000000 --- a/intl/dcigettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <sys/types.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <errno.h> -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif -#ifndef __set_errno -# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include <string.h> -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC -# include <sys/param.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "hash-string.h" - -/* Thread safetyness. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) -# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* Alignment of types. */ -#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 -# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) -#else -# define alignof(TYPE) \ - ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define getcwd __getcwd -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy __stpcpy -# endif -# define tfind __tfind -#else -# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD -char *getwd (); -# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) -# else -char *getcwd (); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ -#define PATH_INCR 32 - -/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ -/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define - PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is - later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ -#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) -# include <limits.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX -# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) -#endif - -/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN -# include <sys/param.h> -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN -# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN -#endif - -#ifndef PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX -#endif - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, - it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. - IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ - (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) -#endif - -/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current - setting of `local'.'' - However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and - ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. - those using GNU C Library). */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations - are stored. */ -struct known_translation_t -{ - /* Domain in which to search. */ - char *domainname; - - /* The category. */ - int category; - - /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ - int counter; - - /* Catalog where the string was found. */ - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - - /* And finally the translation. */ - const char *translation; - size_t translation_length; - - /* Pointer to the string in question. */ - char msgid[ZERO]; -}; - -/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this - only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC -# include <search.h> - -static void *root; - -# ifdef _LIBC -# define tsearch __tsearch -# endif - -/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ -static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); -static int -transcmp (p1, p2) - const void *p1; - const void *p2; -{ - const struct known_translation_t *s1; - const struct known_translation_t *s2; - int result; - - s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; - s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; - - result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); - if (result == 0) - { - result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); - if (result == 0) - /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest - operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely - LC_MESSAGES). */ - result = s1->category - s2->category; - } - - return result; -} -#endif - -/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to - textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ -const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; - -/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ -const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() - calls. */ -struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, - unsigned long int n, - const char *translation, - size_t translation_len)) - internal_function; -static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)) - internal_function; -static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; -static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, - const char *categoryname)) - internal_function; - - -/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -/* Nothing has to be done. */ -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ -#else -struct block_list -{ - void *address; - struct block_list *next; -}; -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ - do { \ - struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ - /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ - the list. */ \ - if (newp != NULL) { \ - newp->address = (addr); \ - newp->next = (list); \ - (list) = newp; \ - } \ - } while (0) -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ - do { \ - while (list != NULL) { \ - struct block_list *old = list; \ - list = list->next; \ - free (old); \ - } \ - } while (0) -# undef alloca -# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) -#endif /* have alloca */ - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ -typedef struct transmem_list -{ - struct transmem_list *next; - char data[ZERO]; -} transmem_block_t; -static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; -#else -typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; -#endif - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock) -#endif - -/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides - easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure -# define DETERMINE_SECURE -#else -# ifndef HAVE_GETUID -# define getuid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETGID -# define getgid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID -# define geteuid() getuid() -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID -# define getegid() getgid() -# endif -static int enable_secure; -# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) -# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ - if (enable_secure == 0) \ - { \ - if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ - enable_secure = 1; \ - else \ - enable_secure = -1; \ - } -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string - depending on the plural form determined by N. */ -char * -DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ -#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA - struct block_list *block_list = NULL; -#endif - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - struct binding *binding; - const char *categoryname; - const char *categoryvalue; - char *dirname, *xdomainname; - char *single_locale; - char *retval; - size_t retlen; - int saved_errno; -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - struct known_translation_t *search; - struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; - size_t msgid_len; -#endif - size_t domainname_len; - - /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ - if (msgid1 == NULL) - return NULL; - - __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); - - /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If - CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the - definition left this undefined. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; - -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; - - /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at - some time. */ - search = (struct known_translation_t *) - alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); - memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - search->domainname = (char *) domainname; - search->category = category; - - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) - { - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, - (*foundp)->translation_length); - else - retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } -#endif - - /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ - saved_errno = errno; - - /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ - DETERMINE_SECURE; - - /* First find matching binding. */ - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding == NULL) - dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) - dirname = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ - size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; - size_t path_max; - char *ret; - - path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; - path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ - - for (;;) - { - dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); - - __set_errno (0); - ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); - if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) - break; - - path_max += path_max / 2; - path_max += PATH_INCR; - } - - if (ret == NULL) - { - /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an - error but simply return the default string. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); - } - - /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ - categoryname = category_to_name (category); - categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); - - domainname_len = strlen (domainname); - xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) - + domainname_len + 5); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); - - stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), - domainname, domainname_len), - ".mo"); - - /* Creating working area. */ - single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); - - - /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps - got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ - while (1) - { - /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') - ++categoryvalue; - if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') - { - /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but - no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation - by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation - will take place. */ - single_locale[0] = 'C'; - single_locale[1] = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *cp = single_locale; - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') - *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; - *cp = '\0'; - - /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files - outside the dedicated directories. */ - if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) - /* Ingore this entry. */ - continue; - } - - /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a - domain. Return the MSGID. */ - if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 - || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) - { - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); - } - - - /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the - DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ - domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); - - if (domain != NULL) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval == NULL) - { - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, - msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - domain = domain->successor[cnt]; - break; - } - } - } - - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: - starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __set_errno (saved_errno); -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - if (foundp == NULL) - { - /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ - struct known_translation_t *newp; - - newp = (struct known_translation_t *) - malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) - + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->domainname = - mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); - newp->category = category; - newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - newp->domain = domain; - newp->translation = retval; - newp->translation_length = retlen; - - /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) - tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp == NULL - || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) - /* The insert failed. */ - free (newp); - } - } - else - { - /* We can update the existing entry. */ - (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - (*foundp)->domain = domain; - (*foundp)->translation = retval; - (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; - } -#endif - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ -} - - -char * -internal_function -_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; - const char *msgid; - size_t *lengthp; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domain; - size_t act; - char *result; - size_t resultlen; - - if (domain_file->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); - - if (domain_file->data == NULL) - return NULL; - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; - - /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ - if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) - { - /* Use the hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - while (1) - { - nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); - - if (nstr == 0) - /* Hash table entry is empty. */ - return NULL; - - /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1. - We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries - are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ - if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len - && (strcmp (msgid, - domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) - == 0)) - { - act = nstr - 1; - goto found; - } - - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - else - { - /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of - messages. */ - size_t top, bottom; - - bottom = 0; - top = domain->nstrings; - while (bottom < top) - { - int cmp_val; - - act = (bottom + top) / 2; - cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); - if (cmp_val < 0) - top = act; - else if (cmp_val > 0) - bottom = act + 1; - else - goto found; - } - /* No translation was found. */ - return NULL; - } - - found: - /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the - string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ - result = ((char *) domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); - resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; - -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->codeset_cntr - != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) - { - /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() - since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We - have to reinitialize the converter. */ - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - } - - if ( -# ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 -# endif -# endif - ) - { - /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an - appropriate table with the same structure as the table - of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers - to the converted strings in. - There is a slight complication with plural entries. They - are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We - handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including - NULs. */ - - if (domain->conv_tab == NULL - && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings, - sizeof (char *))) - == NULL)) - /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ - domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; - - if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) - /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ - goto converted; - - if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) - { - /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not - translated yet. Do this now. */ - /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. - We allocate always larger blocks which get used over - time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ - __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) -# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 - static unsigned char *freemem; - static size_t freemem_size; - - const unsigned char *inbuf; - unsigned char *outbuf; - int malloc_count; -# ifndef _LIBC - transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; -# endif - - __libc_lock_lock (lock); - - inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - - malloc_count = 0; - while (1) - { - transmem_block_t *newmem; -# ifdef _LIBC - size_t non_reversible; - int res; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - res = __gconv (domain->conv, - &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, - &outbuf, - outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), - &non_reversible); - - if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) - break; - - if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - - inbuf = result; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; - size_t inleft = resultlen; - char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; - size_t outleft; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); - if (iconv (domain->conv, - (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, - &outptr, &outleft) - != (size_t) (-1)) - { - outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; - break; - } - if (errno != E2BIG) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } -# endif -# endif - - resize_freemem: - /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ - if (malloc_count > 0) - { - ++malloc_count; - freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, - freemem_size); -# ifdef _LIBC - if (newmem != NULL) - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - else - { - struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; - - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -# endif - } - else - { - malloc_count = 1; - freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); - } - if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) - { - freemem = NULL; - freemem_size = 0; - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free - at some point. */ - newmem->next = transmem_list; - transmem_list = newmem; - - freemem = newmem->data; - freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); -# else - transmem_list = newmem; - freemem = newmem; -# endif - - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - } - - /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this - into the table of conversions. */ - *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); - domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; - /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ - freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; - freemem = outbuf; - freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); - freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); - - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - } - - /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all - the plural variants. */ - result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); - resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; - } - - converted: - /* The result string is converted. */ - -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - - *lengthp = resultlen; - return result; -} - - -/* Look up a plural variant. */ -static char * -internal_function -plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - unsigned long int n; - const char *translation; - size_t translation_len; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; - unsigned long int index; - const char *p; - - index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); - if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the - given maximum value do not match. */ - index = 0; - - /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ - p = translation; - while (index-- > 0) - { -#ifdef _LIBC - p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); -#else - p = strchr (p, '\0'); -#endif - /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ - p++; - - if (p >= translation + translation_len) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression - evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants - available for MSGID1. */ - return (char *) translation; - } - return (char *) p; -} - - -/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ -static unsigned long int -internal_function -plural_eval (pexp, n) - struct expression *pexp; - unsigned long int n; -{ - switch (pexp->nargs) - { - case 0: - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case var: - return n; - case num: - return pexp->val.num; - default: - break; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - case 1: - { - /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ - unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return ! arg; - } - case 2: - { - unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - if (pexp->operation == lor) - return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else if (pexp->operation == land) - return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else - { - unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case mult: - return leftarg * rightarg; - case divide: - return leftarg / rightarg; - case module: - return leftarg % rightarg; - case plus: - return leftarg + rightarg; - case minus: - return leftarg - rightarg; - case less_than: - return leftarg < rightarg; - case greater_than: - return leftarg > rightarg; - case less_or_equal: - return leftarg <= rightarg; - case greater_or_equal: - return leftarg >= rightarg; - case equal: - return leftarg == rightarg; - case not_equal: - return leftarg != rightarg; - default: - break; - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - } - case 3: - { - /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ - unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - return 0; -} - - -/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ -static const char * -internal_function -category_to_name (category) - int category; -{ - const char *retval; - - switch (category) - { -#ifdef LC_COLLATE - case LC_COLLATE: - retval = "LC_COLLATE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_CTYPE - case LC_CTYPE: - retval = "LC_CTYPE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MONETARY - case LC_MONETARY: - retval = "LC_MONETARY"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_NUMERIC - case LC_NUMERIC: - retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_TIME - case LC_TIME: - retval = "LC_TIME"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MESSAGES - case LC_MESSAGES: - retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_RESPONSE - case LC_RESPONSE: - retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_ALL - case LC_ALL: - /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other - value. */ - retval = "LC_ALL"; - break; -#endif - default: - /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ - retval = "LC_XXX"; - } - - return retval; -} - -/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ -static const char * -internal_function -guess_category_value (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; -{ - const char *language; - const char *retval; - - /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment - variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected - locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ - language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); - if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') - language = NULL; - - /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', - `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the - `setlocale' function itself. */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL) - retval = setlocale (category, NULL); -#else - /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ - retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ - retval = getenv (categoryname); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ - retval = getenv ("LANG"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is - implementation defined. */ - return "C"; - } - } -#endif - - return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; -} - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif - -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void * -mempcpy (dest, src, n) - void *dest; - const void *src; - size_t n; -{ - return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); -} -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at - program's end. */ -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - void *old; - - while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) - { - struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; - if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ - free (oldp->dirname); - free (oldp->codeset); - free (oldp); - } - - if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ - free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); - - /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ - __tdestroy (root, free); - root = NULL; - - while (transmem_list != NULL) - { - old = transmem_list; - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index c16af21..0000000 --- a/intl/dcngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3651207..0000000 --- a/intl/dgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DGETTEXT __dgettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -char * -DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index f214e95..0000000 --- a/intl/dngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ -char * -DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2985064..0000000 --- a/intl/explodename.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -char * -_nl_find_language (name) - const char *name; -{ - while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' - && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') - ++name; - - return (char *) name; -} - - -int -_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) - char *name; - const char **language; - const char **modifier; - const char **territory; - const char **codeset; - const char **normalized_codeset; - const char **special; - const char **sponsor; - const char **revision; -{ - enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; - char *cp; - int mask; - - *modifier = NULL; - *territory = NULL; - *codeset = NULL; - *normalized_codeset = NULL; - *special = NULL; - *sponsor = NULL; - *revision = NULL; - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = 0; - syntax = undecided; - *language = cp = name; - cp = _nl_find_language (*language); - - if (*language == cp) - /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use - this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ - cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); - else if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is the territory. */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *territory = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' - && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= TERRITORY; - - if (cp[0] == '.') - { - /* Next is the codeset. */ - syntax = xpg; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *codeset = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_CODESET; - - if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') - { - *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, - cp - *codeset); - if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) - free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); - else - mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; - } - } - } - - if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) - { - /* Next is the modifier. */ - syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *modifier = ++cp; - - while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' - && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; - } - - if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) - { - syntax = cen; - - if (cp[0] == '+') - { - /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *special = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; - } - - if (cp[0] == ',') - { - /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *sponsor = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; - } - - if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *revision = ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_REVISION; - } - } - - /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the - separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ - if (syntax == xpg) - { - if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~TERRITORY; - - if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; - - if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; - } - - return mask; -} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f103d5..0000000 --- a/intl/finddomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle list of needed message catalogs - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -/* List of already loaded domains. */ -static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; - - -/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by - the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently - established bindings. */ -struct loaded_l10nfile * -internal_function -_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) - const char *dirname; - char *locale; - const char *domainname; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - const char *language; - const char *modifier; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *alias_value; - int mask; - - /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: - - language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] - - and six parts for the CEN syntax: - - language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] - - Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If - the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are - looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to - the following order: - (1) revision - (2) sponsor - (3) special - (4) codeset - (5) normalized codeset - (6) territory - (7) audience/modifier - */ - - /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to - be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* We know something about this locale. */ - int cnt; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - - if (retval->data != NULL) - return retval; - - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - - /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value - *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is - done. */ - alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); - if (alias_value != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - locale = strdup (alias_value); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; -#else - size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; - locale = (char *) malloc (len); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; - - memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); -#endif - } - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, - &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, - &sponsor, &revision); - - /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in - generalization. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, - codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); - if (retval == NULL) - /* This means we are out of core. */ - return NULL; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - if (retval->data == NULL) - { - int cnt; - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - } - - /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ - if (alias_value != NULL) - free (locale); - - /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ - if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) - free ((void *) normalized_codeset); - - return retval; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; - - while (runp != NULL) - { - struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; - if (runp->data != NULL) - _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); - runp = runp->next; - free ((char *) here->filename); - free (here); - } -} - -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 22a6c24..0000000 --- a/intl/gettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define GETTEXT __gettext -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -#else -# define GETTEXT gettext__ -# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -GETTEXT (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f5d760..0000000 --- a/intl/gettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXT_H -#define _GETTEXT_H 1 - -#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC -# include <limits.h> -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ -#define _MAGIC 0x950412de -#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 - -/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ -#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 - -/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor - to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An - alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but - as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work - when cross-compiling. */ - -#if __STDC__ -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U -#else -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF -#endif - -/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. - This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because - that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems - (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ - -#ifndef UINT_MAX -# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS -#endif - -#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned nls_uint32; -#else -# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; -# else -# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; -# else - /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is - not portable enough. */ - "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." -# endif -# endif -#endif - - -/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ -struct mo_file_header -{ - /* The magic number. */ - nls_uint32 magic; - /* The revision number of the file format. */ - nls_uint32 revision; - /* The number of strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 nstrings; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ - nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ - nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; - /* Size of hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; - /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; -}; - -struct string_desc -{ - /* Length of addressed string. */ - nls_uint32 length; - /* Offset of string in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; -}; - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43de1cd..0000000 --- a/intl/gettextP.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/* Header describing internals of libintl library. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H -#define _GETTEXTP_H - -#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV -# include <iconv.h> -# endif -#endif - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -#ifndef W -# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <byteswap.h> -# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) -#else -static inline nls_uint32 -SWAP (i) - nls_uint32 i; -{ - return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); -} -#endif - - -/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the - plural form. */ -struct expression -{ - int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ - enum operator - { - /* Without arguments: */ - var, /* The variable "n". */ - num, /* Decimal number. */ - /* Unary operators: */ - lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ - /* Binary operators: */ - mult, /* Multiplication. */ - divide, /* Division. */ - module, /* Module operation. */ - plus, /* Addition. */ - minus, /* Subtraction. */ - less_than, /* Comparison. */ - greater_than, /* Comparison. */ - less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - equal, /* Comparision for equality. */ - not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */ - land, /* Logical AND. */ - lor, /* Logical OR. */ - /* Ternary operators: */ - qmop /* Question mark operator. */ - } operation; - union - { - unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ - struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ - } val; -}; - -/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get - the result in a thread-safe way. */ -struct parse_args -{ - const char *cp; - struct expression *res; -}; - - -/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ -struct loaded_domain -{ - const char *data; - int use_mmap; - size_t mmap_size; - int must_swap; - nls_uint32 nstrings; - struct string_desc *orig_tab; - struct string_desc *trans_tab; - nls_uint32 hash_size; - nls_uint32 *hash_tab; - int codeset_cntr; -#ifdef _LIBC - __gconv_t conv; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - iconv_t conv; -# endif -#endif - char **conv_tab; - - struct expression *plural; - unsigned long int nplurals; -}; - -/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C - doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define ZERO 0 -#else -# define ZERO 1 -#endif - -/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings - from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ -struct binding -{ - struct binding *next; - char *dirname; - int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ - char *codeset; - char domainname[ZERO]; -}; - -/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations - become invalid. - This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, - char *__locale, - const char *__domainname, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; -const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, - struct loaded_domain *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; - -char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, - struct binding *domainbinding, - const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) - internal_function; - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int n)); -extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#else -extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#else -extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg)); -#endif - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccb7acc..0000000 --- a/intl/hash-string.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(Args) Args -# else -# define PARAMS(Args) () -# endif -#endif - -/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ -#define HASHWORDBITS 32 - - -/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger - [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, - 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ -static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); - -static inline unsigned long int -hash_string (str_param) - const char *str_param; -{ - unsigned long int hval, g; - const char *str = str_param; - - /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ - hval = 0; - while (*str != '\0') - { - hval <<= 4; - hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; - g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); - if (g != 0) - { - hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); - hval ^= g; - } - } - return hval; -} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a06ce9..0000000 --- a/intl/intl-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext - Library. - Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "libgnuintl.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to - those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix). - It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is - configured --with-included-gettext. - - This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or - the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions. - If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to - libgnuintl.h of the following form: - -# define gettext gettext__ -# define dgettext dgettext__ -# define dcgettext dcgettext__ -# define ngettext ngettext__ -# define dngettext dngettext__ -# define dcngettext dcngettext__ -# define textdomain textdomain__ -# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__ -# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__ - - How does this redirection work? There are two cases. - A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because - functions defined in the executable always override functions in - the shared libraries. - B. When libintl.so is used, it works because - 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library - (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are - ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly - letting other shared libraries override it. - 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone - libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this - shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib - *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed. - - A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library - whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on - Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library - containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override - the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough - to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker - command line. */ - - -#undef gettext -#undef dgettext -#undef dcgettext -#undef ngettext -#undef dngettext -#undef dcngettext -#undef textdomain -#undef bindtextdomain -#undef bind_textdomain_codeset - - -char * -gettext (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return gettext__ (msgid); -} - - -char * -dgettext (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); -} - - -char * -dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); -} - - -char * -ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -char * -dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); -} - - -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - return textdomain__ (domainname); -} - - -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); -} - - -char * -bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset); -} diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in deleted file mode 100644 index 62d323c..0000000 --- a/intl/intlh.inst.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, - whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all - translations. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *__result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - __result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c deleted file mode 100644 index 533e94b..0000000 --- a/intl/l10nflist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <string.h> -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H -# include <argz.h> -#endif -#include <ctype.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) -# endif -#else -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Define function which are usually not available. */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT -/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ -static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); - -static size_t -argz_count__ (argz, len) - const char *argz; - size_t len; -{ - size_t count = 0; - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len + 1; - len -= part_len + 1; - count++; - } - return count; -} -# undef __argz_count -# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY -/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's - except the last into the character SEP. */ -static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); - -static void -argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) - char *argz; - size_t len; - int sep; -{ - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len; - len -= part_len + 1; - if (len > 0) - *argz++ = sep; - } -} -# undef __argz_stringify -# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT -static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, - const char *entry)); - -static char * -argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) - char *argz; - size_t argz_len; - const char *entry; -{ - if (entry) - { - if (entry < argz + argz_len) - entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; - - return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; - } - else - if (argz_len > 0) - return argz; - else - return 0; -} -# undef __argz_next -# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ - - -/* Return number of bits set in X. */ -static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); - -static inline int -pop (x) - int x; -{ - /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ - x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); - x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); - x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; - x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; - - return x; -} - - -struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, - territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) - struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; - const char *dirlist; - size_t dirlist_len; - int mask; - const char *language; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *modifier; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *filename; - int do_allocate; -{ - char *abs_filename; - struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - char *cp; - size_t entries; - int cnt; - - /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ - abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len - + strlen (language) - + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 - ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) - ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 - ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 - ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) - + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); - - if (abs_filename == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval = NULL; - last = NULL; - - /* Construct file name. */ - memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); - __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); - cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); - *cp++ = '/'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, language); - - if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); - } - if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); - } - if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); - } - if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) - { - /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different - leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ - *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); - } - if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '+'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, special); - } - if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) - { - *cp++ = ','; - if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) - cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); - if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); - } - } - - *cp++ = '/'; - stpcpy (cp, filename); - - /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already - available. */ - last = NULL; - for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) - if (retval->filename != NULL) - { - int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It's not in the list. */ - retval = NULL; - break; - } - - last = retval; - } - - if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) - { - free (abs_filename); - return retval; - } - - retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) - malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) - * (1 << pop (mask)) - * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); - if (retval == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval->filename = abs_filename; - retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 - || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); - retval->data = NULL; - - if (last == NULL) - { - retval->next = *l10nfile_list; - *l10nfile_list = retval; - } - else - { - retval->next = last->next; - last->next = retval; - } - - entries = 0; - /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to - a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism - of the inner loop. */ - cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; - for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) - if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 - && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) - && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) - { - /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ - char *dir = NULL; - - while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) - != NULL) - retval->successor[entries++] - = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, - language, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, 1); - } - retval->successor[entries] = NULL; - - return retval; -} - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -const char * -_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) - const char *codeset; - size_t name_len; -{ - int len = 0; - int only_digit = 1; - char *retval; - char *wp; - size_t cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) - { - ++len; - - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - only_digit = 0; - } - - retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - if (only_digit) - wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); - else - wp = retval; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); - else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; - - *wp = '\0'; - } - - return (const char *) retval; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h deleted file mode 100644 index c5be54a..0000000 --- a/intl/libgettext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H -#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 - -/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ -#if ENABLE_NLS - -/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ -# include <libintl.h> - -#else - -# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) -# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) -# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ - ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) -# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname)) -# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname)) -# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset)) - -#endif - -/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real - translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ -#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) - -#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h deleted file mode 100644 index f891deb..0000000 --- a/intl/libgnuintl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -#include <locale.h> - -/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions - gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. - On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. - On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. - this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition - warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ -#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H -# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 -#endif - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes - precedence over _conio_gettext. */ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# undef gettext -# define gettext gettext -#endif - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category)); - - -/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); - -/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); - - -/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) \ - dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) - -# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ - dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) - -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5b8f9..0000000 --- a/intl/libintl.glibc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization. -Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This file is part of the GNU C Library. -Contributed by Ulrich Drepper. -This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package. - -The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as -published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -License, or (at your option) any later version. - -The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If -not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 -#include <features.h> - -#include <locale.h> - -#define __need_NULL -#include <stddef.h> - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid)); - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__msgid, int __category)); - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, - __const char *__dirname)); - - -/* Optimized version of the function above. */ -#if defined __OPTIMIZED -/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the - `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return - false. */ - -# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid) - -# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ - dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) - -# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) -# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ - (__extension__ \ - ({ \ - char *result; \ - if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ - { \ - extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - static char *__translation__; \ - static int __catalog_counter__; \ - if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ - { \ - __translation__ = \ - __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ - } \ - result = __translation__; \ - } \ - else \ - result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ - result; \ - })) -# endif -#endif /* Optimizing. */ - - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index 5918e72..0000000 --- a/intl/linux-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments. -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*"// -# -# This does not work now with the new format. -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/ -# Clear substitution flag. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that D includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index b861260..0000000 --- a/intl/loadinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LOADINFO_H -#define _LOADINFO_H 1 - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' -#else - /* Unix */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ -#define CEN_REVISION 1 -#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 -#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 -#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 -#define XPG_CODESET 16 -#define TERRITORY 32 -#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 -#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 - -#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) -#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) - - -struct loaded_l10nfile -{ - const char *filename; - int decided; - - const void *data; - - struct loaded_l10nfile *next; - struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; -}; - - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, - size_t name_len)); - -extern struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, - const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, - const char *language, const char *territory, - const char *codeset, - const char *normalized_codeset, - const char *modifier, const char *special, - const char *sponsor, const char *revision, - const char *filename, int do_allocate)); - - -extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by - the caller. */ -extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, - const char **modifier, - const char **territory, - const char **codeset, - const char **normalized_codeset, - const char **special, - const char **sponsor, - const char **revision)); - -extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c deleted file mode 100644 index f99ebee..0000000 --- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -/* Load needed message catalogs. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <langinfo.h> -# include <locale.h> -#endif - -#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ - || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) -# include <sys/mman.h> -# undef HAVE_MMAP -# define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#else -# undef HAVE_MMAP -#endif - -#include "gettext.h" -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define open __open -# define close __close -# define read __read -# define mmap __mmap -# define munmap __munmap -#endif - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse -#else -# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__ -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. - O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ -#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY - /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ -# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY -# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT -#endif -#ifdef __BEOS__ - /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ -# undef O_BINARY -# undef O_TEXT -#endif -/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated - with all translations. This is important if the translations are - cached by one of GCC's features. */ -int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ - || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) - -/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural - form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ -static const struct expression plvar = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = var, -}; -static const struct expression plone = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = num, - .val = - { - .num = 1 - } -}; -static struct expression germanic_plural = -{ - .nargs = 2, - .operation = not_equal, - .val = - { - .args = - { - [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, - [1] = (struct expression *) &plone - } - } -}; - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() - -#else - -/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: - Initialization at run-time. */ - -static struct expression plvar; -static struct expression plone; -static struct expression germanic_plural; - -static void -init_germanic_plural () -{ - if (plone.val.num == 0) - { - plvar.nargs = 0; - plvar.operation = var; - - plone.nargs = 0; - plone.operation = num; - plone.val.num = 1; - - germanic_plural.nargs = 2; - germanic_plural.operation = not_equal; - germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar; - germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone; - } -} - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () - -#endif - - -/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. - Return the header entry. */ -const char * -internal_function -_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. - This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this - entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' - information, we will assume the charset matches the one the - current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ - char *nullentry; - size_t nullentrylen; - - /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ - domain->codeset_cntr = - (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); -#ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; -# endif -#endif - domain->conv_tab = NULL; - - /* Get the header entry. */ - nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); - - if (nullentry != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - const char *charsetstr; - - charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); - if (charsetstr != NULL) - { - size_t len; - char *charset; - const char *outcharset; - - charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); - len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); - - charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); -# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY - *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; -# else - memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); - charset[len] = '\0'; -# endif - - /* The output charset should normally be determined by the - locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly - set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override - this. Moreover, the value specified through - bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ - if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) - outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; - else - { - outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); - if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') - { -# ifdef _LIBC - outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - extern const char *locale_charset (void); - outcharset = locale_charset (); -# endif -# endif - } - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* We always want to use transliteration. */ - outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); - charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); - if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, - GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) - != __GCONV_OK) - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */ -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - len = strlen (outcharset); - { - char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); - memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); - memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); - outcharset = tmp; - } -# endif - domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); -# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - freea (outcharset); -# endif -# endif -# endif - - freea (charset); - } -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - } - - return nullentry; -} - -/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) - free (domain->conv_tab); - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) - __gconv_close (domain->conv); -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) - iconv_close (domain->conv); -# endif -#endif -} - -/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid - message catalog do nothing. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - int fd; - size_t size; -#ifdef _LIBC - struct stat64 st; -#else - struct stat st; -#endif - struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; - int use_mmap = 0; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - const char *nullentry; - - domain_file->decided = 1; - domain_file->data = NULL; - - /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file - because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after - a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ - - /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME - might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given - specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN - syntax. */ - if (domain_file->filename == NULL) - return; - - /* Try to open the addressed file. */ - fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); - if (fd == -1) - return; - - /* We must know about the size of the file. */ - if ( -#ifdef _LIBC - __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#else - __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#endif - || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) - || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) - { - /* Something went wrong. */ - close (fd); - return; - } - -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try - this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ - data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, - MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); - - if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) - { - /* mmap() call was successful. */ - close (fd); - use_mmap = 1; - } -#endif - - /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load - it manually. */ - if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) - { - size_t to_read; - char *read_ptr; - - data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); - if (data == NULL) - return; - - to_read = size; - read_ptr = (char *) data; - do - { - long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); - if (nb <= 0) - { -#ifdef EINTR - if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) - continue; -#endif - close (fd); - return; - } - read_ptr += nb; - to_read -= nb; - } - while (to_read > 0); - - close (fd); - } - - /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message - catalog file. */ - if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, - 0)) - { - /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - return; - } - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); - if (domain == NULL) - return; - domain_file->data = domain; - - domain->data = (char *) data; - domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; - domain->mmap_size = size; - domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; - - /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ - switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) - { - case 0: - domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); - domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); - domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); - domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); - domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); - break; - default: - /* This is an invalid revision. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - free (domain); - domain_file->data = NULL; - return; - } - - /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set - the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's - specified character set or the locale's character set. */ - nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - - /* Also look for a plural specification. */ - if (nullentry != NULL) - { - const char *plural; - const char *nplurals; - - plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); - nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); - if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) - goto no_plural; - else - { - /* First get the number. */ - char *endp; - unsigned long int n; - struct parse_args args; - - nplurals += 9; - while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals)) - ++nplurals; -#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC - n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); -#else - for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) - n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); -#endif - domain->nplurals = n; - if (nplurals == endp) - goto no_plural; - - /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the - scanner function we have to put the input string and the result - passed up from the parser into the same structure which address - is passed down to the parser. */ - plural += 7; - args.cp = plural; - if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) - goto no_plural; - domain->plural = args.res; - } - } - else - { - /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only - for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what - English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ - no_plural: - INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); - domain->plural = &germanic_plural; - domain->nplurals = 2; - } -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -void -internal_function -_nl_unload_domain (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural) - __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); - - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - -# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES - if (domain->use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); - else -# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ - free ((void *) domain->data); - - free (domain); -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c deleted file mode 100644 index 61f8f3e..0000000 --- a/intl/localcharset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. - - Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#if HAVE_STDDEF_H -# include <stddef.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#if HAVE_STRING_H -# include <string.h> -#else -# include <strings.h> -#endif -#if HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ -# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ -# define WIN32 -#endif - -#ifndef WIN32 -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET -# include <langinfo.h> -# else -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE -# include <locale.h> -# endif -# endif -#else /* WIN32 */ -# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# include <windows.h> -#endif - -#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR -# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' -#endif - -#ifndef ISSLASH -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) -#endif - -/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a - possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we - are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize - 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, - and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' - are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ -#if __STDC__ != 1 -# define volatile /* empty */ -#endif -/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been - read, else NULL. Its format is: - ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ -static const char * volatile charset_aliases; - -/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ -static const char * -get_charset_aliases () -{ - const char *cp; - - cp = charset_aliases; - if (cp == NULL) - { -#ifndef WIN32 - FILE *fp; - const char *dir = LIBDIR; - const char *base = "charset.alias"; - char *file_name; - - /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ - { - size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); - size_t base_len = strlen (base); - int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); - file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); - if (file_name != NULL) - { - memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); - if (add_slash) - file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; - memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); - } - } - - if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) - /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ - cp = ""; - else - { - /* Parse the file's contents. */ - int c; - char buf1[50+1]; - char buf2[50+1]; - char *res_ptr = NULL; - size_t res_size = 0; - size_t l1, l2; - - for (;;) - { - c = getc (fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') - continue; - if (c == '#') - { - /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ - do - c = getc (fp); - while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); - if (c == EOF) - break; - continue; - } - ungetc (c, fp); - if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) - break; - l1 = strlen (buf1); - l2 = strlen (buf2); - if (res_size == 0) - { - res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1); - } - else - { - res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); - } - if (res_ptr == NULL) - { - /* Out of memory. */ - res_size = 0; - break; - } - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); - } - fclose (fp); - if (res_size == 0) - cp = ""; - else - { - *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; - cp = res_ptr; - } - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - free (file_name); - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same - directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at - runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ - - cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" - "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"; -#endif - - charset_aliases = cp; - } - - return cp; -} - -/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it - into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. - If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical - name. */ - -#ifdef STATIC -STATIC -#endif -const char * -locale_charset () -{ - const char *codeset; - const char *aliases; - -#ifndef WIN32 - -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET - - /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ - codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); - -# else - - /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ - const char *locale = NULL; - - /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some - (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't - use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the - locale name the user has set. */ -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 - locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); -# endif - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - locale = getenv ("LANG"); - } - } - - /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, - you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it - through the charset.alias file. */ - codeset = locale; - -# endif - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; - - /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ - sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); - codeset = buf; - -#endif - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ - codeset = ""; - - /* Resolve alias. */ - for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); - *aliases != '\0'; - aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) - if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 - || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) - { - codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; - break; - } - - return codeset; -} diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias deleted file mode 100644 index bd7b9b3..0000000 --- a/intl/locale.alias +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -# Locale name alias data base. -# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of -# the X Window System, which normally can be found in -# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias -# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. -# All entries are case independent. - -# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for -# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share -# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to -# bugs@gnu.org. - -# Packages using this file: - -bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 -croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 -danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 -eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 -français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 -hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 -hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 -icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 -italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 -japanese ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS -korean ko_KR.eucKR -korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR -ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR -lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 -nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 -polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 -portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 -romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 -russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 -slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 -slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 -swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 -thai th_TH.TIS-620 -turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91e7acc..0000000 --- a/intl/localealias.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,404 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle aliases for locale names. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include <string.h> -#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC -# ifndef strchr -# define strchr index -# endif -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp - -# ifndef mempcpy -# define mempcpy __mempcpy -# endif -# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 - -/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> - -__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED -# undef fgets -# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) -#endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED -# undef feof -# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) -#endif - - -struct alias_map -{ - const char *alias; - const char *value; -}; - - -static char *string_space; -static size_t string_space_act; -static size_t string_space_max; -static struct alias_map *map; -static size_t nmap; -static size_t maxmap; - - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) - internal_function; -static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); -static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, - const struct alias_map *map2)); - - -const char * -_nl_expand_alias (name) - const char *name; -{ - static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; - struct alias_map *retval; - const char *result = NULL; - size_t added; - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_lock (lock); -#endif - - do - { - struct alias_map item; - - item.alias = name; - - if (nmap > 0) - retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, - sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, - const void *)) - ) alias_compare); - else - retval = NULL; - - /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ - if (retval != NULL) - { - result = retval->value; - break; - } - - /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ - added = 0; - while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') - { - const char *start; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - start = locale_alias_path; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' - && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - - if (start < locale_alias_path) - added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); - } - } - while (added != 0); - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); -#endif - - return result; -} - - -static size_t -internal_function -read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) - const char *fname; - int fname_len; -{ - FILE *fp; - char *full_fname; - size_t added; - static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; - - full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); -#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY - mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), - aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#else - memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); - memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#endif - - fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); - freea (full_fname); - if (fp == NULL) - return 0; - - added = 0; - while (!feof (fp)) - { - /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because - a) we are only interested in the first two fields - b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not - be that long - */ - char buf[BUFSIZ]; - char *alias; - char *value; - char *cp; - - if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) - /* EOF reached. */ - break; - - /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore - the rest of the line. */ - if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) - { - char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; - do - if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) - /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop - will exit at the `feof' test. */ - break; - while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); - } - - cp = buf; - /* Ignore leading white space. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') - { - alias = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate alias name. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ - while (isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - - if (cp[0] != '\0') - { - size_t alias_len; - size_t value_len; - - value = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate value. */ - if (cp[0] == '\n') - { - /* This has to be done to make the following test - for the end of line possible. We are looking for - the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ - *cp++ = '\0'; - *cp = '\n'; - } - else if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - if (nmap >= maxmap) - if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) - return added; - - alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; - value_len = strlen (value) + 1; - - if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) - { - /* Increase size of memory pool. */ - size_t new_size = (string_space_max - + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 - ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); - char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); - if (new_pool == NULL) - return added; - - if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) - { - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) - { - map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; - map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; - } - } - - string_space = new_pool; - string_space_max = new_size; - } - - map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - alias, alias_len); - string_space_act += alias_len; - - map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - value, value_len); - string_space_act += value_len; - - ++nmap; - ++added; - } - } - } - - /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore - errors. --drepper */ - fclose (fp); - - if (added > 0) - qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); - - return added; -} - - -static int -extend_alias_table () -{ - size_t new_size; - struct alias_map *new_map; - - new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; - new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size - * sizeof (struct alias_map))); - if (new_map == NULL) - /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ - return -1; - - map = new_map; - maxmap = new_size; - return 0; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -static void __attribute__ ((unused)) -free_mem (void) -{ - if (string_space != NULL) - free (string_space); - if (map != NULL) - free (map); -} -text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); -#endif - - -static int -alias_compare (map1, map2) - const struct alias_map *map1; - const struct alias_map *map2; -{ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP - return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); -#else - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in - some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ - c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; - c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - ++p1; - ++p2; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -#endif -} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index fb3ec5a..0000000 --- a/intl/ngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define NGETTEXT __ngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define NGETTEXT ngettext__ -# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c deleted file mode 100644 index 640d43c..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@ - -/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y - by GNU Bison version 1.28 */ - -#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ - -#define yyparse __gettextparse -#define yylex __gettextlex -#define yyerror __gettexterror -#define yylval __gettextlval -#define yychar __gettextchar -#define yydebug __gettextdebug -#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs -#define EQUOP2 257 -#define CMPOP2 258 -#define ADDOP2 259 -#define MULOP2 260 -#define NUMBER 261 - -#line 1 "plural.y" - -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> - because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg - -#line 53 "plural.y" -typedef union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} YYSTYPE; -#line 59 "plural.y" - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifndef __cplusplus -#ifndef __STDC__ -#define const -#endif -#endif - - - -#define YYFINAL 27 -#define YYFLAG -32768 -#define YYNTBASE 16 - -#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) - -static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, - 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 11 -}; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, - 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, - 37, 39 -}; - -static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, - 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, - 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, - 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, - 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, - 15, 0 -}; - -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -static const short yyrline[] = { 0, - 178, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, 214, 218, - 222, 227 -}; -#endif - - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) - -static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'", -"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'", -"start","exp", NULL -}; -#endif - -static const short yyr1[] = { 0, - 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, - 17, 17 -}; - -static const short yyr2[] = { 0, - 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, - 1, 3 -}; - -static const short yydefact[] = { 0, - 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 -}; - -static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, - 5 -}; - -static const short yypact[] = { -9, - -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, - -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, - -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 -}; - -static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768, - -1 -}; - - -#define YYLAST 53 - - -static const short yytable[] = { 6, - 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, - 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, - 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, - 13, 14, 27 -}; - -static const short yycheck[] = { 1, - 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, - 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, - 8, 9, 0 -}; -#define YYPURE 1 - -/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ -#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" -/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */ - -/* Skeleton output parser for bison, - Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a - Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. - This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation - in version 1.24 of Bison. */ - -/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser - when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. - It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser - used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ - -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#ifdef alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* alloca not defined */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#else /* not GNU C. */ -#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386)) -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#include <alloca.h> -#else /* not sparc */ -/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */ -/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea - since that symbol is in the user namespace. */ -#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__) -#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace; - instead, just don't use alloca. */ -#include <malloc.h> -#endif -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#if defined(_AIX) -/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace. - So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */ -/* #include <malloc.h> */ - #pragma alloca -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ -#if 0 -#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up, - and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */ -#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif /* __hpux */ -#endif -#endif /* not _AIX */ -#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ -#endif /* not sparc */ -#endif /* not GNU C */ -#endif /* alloca not defined */ -#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */ - -#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca -#else -#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc -#endif - -/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. - It is replaced by the list of actions, each action - as one case of the switch. */ - -#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) -#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) -#define YYEMPTY -2 -#define YYEOF 0 -#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab -#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab -#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 -/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. - This remains here temporarily to ease the - transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. - Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ -#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab -#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) -#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \ -do \ - if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ - { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \ - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ - YYPOPSTACK; \ - goto yybackup; \ - } \ - else \ - { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \ -while (0) - -#define YYTERROR 1 -#define YYERRCODE 256 - -#ifndef YYPURE -#define YYLEX yylex() -#endif - -#ifdef YYPURE -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc) -#endif -#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) -#else -#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval) -#endif -#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#endif - -/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ - -#ifndef YYPURE - -int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */ -YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */ - /* lookahead symbol */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED -YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ - /* symbol */ -#endif - -int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ -#endif /* not YYPURE */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 -int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ -/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers - from coexisting. */ -#endif - -/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ - -#ifndef YYINITDEPTH -#define YYINITDEPTH 200 -#endif - -/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to - (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ - -#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 -#undef YYMAXDEPTH -#endif - -#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH -#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 -#endif - -/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument - should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC - definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg - of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */ - -#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ -#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) -#else /* not GNU C or C++ */ -#ifndef __cplusplus - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (to, from, count) - char *to; - char *from; - unsigned int count; -{ - register char *f = from; - register char *t = to; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#else /* __cplusplus */ - -/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities - in available built-in functions on various systems. */ -static void -__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count) -{ - register char *t = to; - register char *f = from; - register int i = count; - - while (i-- > 0) - *t++ = *f++; -} - -#endif -#endif - -#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - -/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed - into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. - It should actually point to an object. - Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it - to the proper pointer type. */ - -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -#ifdef __cplusplus -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#else /* not __cplusplus */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; -#endif /* not __cplusplus */ -#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG -#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ - -/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -int yyparse (void *); -#else -int yyparse (void); -#endif -#endif - -int -yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) - YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -{ - register int yystate; - register int yyn; - register short *yyssp; - register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; - int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ - int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ - - short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ - YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ - - short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ - YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; - YYLTYPE *yylsp; - -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) -#else -#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) -#endif - - int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; - int yyfree_stacks = 0; - -#ifdef YYPURE - int yychar; - YYSTYPE yylval; - int yynerrs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yylloc; -#endif -#endif - - YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */ - /* semantic values from the action */ - /* routines */ - - int yylen; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); -#endif - - yystate = 0; - yyerrstatus = 0; - yynerrs = 0; - yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ - - /* Initialize stack pointers. - Waste one element of value and location stack - so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. - The wasted elements are never initialized. */ - - yyssp = yyss - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls; -#endif - -/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */ -/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks - have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ -yynewstate: - - *++yyssp = yystate; - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - { - /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ - /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; - short *yyss1 = yyss; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; -#endif - - /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ - int size = yyssp - yyss + 1; - -#ifdef yyoverflow - /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of - the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, - but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp), - &yystacksize); -#else - yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yystacksize); -#endif - - yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = yyls1; -#endif -#else /* no yyoverflow */ - /* Extend the stack our own way. */ - if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) - { - yyerror("parser stack overflow"); - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 2; - } - yystacksize *= 2; - if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) - yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; -#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA - yyfree_stacks = 1; -#endif - yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp)); - yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp)); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp)); - __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1, - size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp)); -#endif -#endif /* no yyoverflow */ - - yyssp = yyss + size - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls + size - 1; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize); -#endif - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - YYABORT; - } - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate); -#endif - - goto yybackup; - yybackup: - -/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ -/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ -/* yyresume: */ - - /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yydefault; - - /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ - - /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF - or a valid token in external form. */ - - if (yychar == YYEMPTY) - { -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); -#endif - yychar = YYLEX; - } - - /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ - - if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ - { - yychar1 = 0; - yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); -#endif - } - else - { - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar); - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); - /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning - of a token, for further debugging info. */ -#ifdef YYPRINT - YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); -#endif - fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); - } -#endif - } - - yyn += yychar1; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) - goto yydefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - - /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. - Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. - Positive => shift, yyn is new state. - New state is final state => don't bother to shift, - just return success. - 0, or most negative number => error. */ - - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrlab; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - - /* Shift the lookahead token. */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ - if (yychar != YYEOF) - yychar = YYEMPTY; - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ - if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - -/* Do the default action for the current state. */ -yydefault: - - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; - if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - -/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ -yyreduce: - yylen = yyr2[yyn]; - if (yylen > 0) - yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */ - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - int i; - - fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", - yyn, yyrline[yyn]); - - /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ - for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++) - fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]); - fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); - } -#endif - - - switch (yyn) { - -case 1: -#line 179 "plural.y" -{ - if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; - ; - break;} -case 2: -#line 187 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 3: -#line 191 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 4: -#line 195 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 5: -#line 199 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 6: -#line 203 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 7: -#line 207 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 8: -#line 211 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 9: -#line 215 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); - ; - break;} -case 10: -#line 219 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); - ; - break;} -case 11: -#line 223 "plural.y" -{ - if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; - ; - break;} -case 12: -#line 228 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; - ; - break;} -} - /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ -#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" - - yyvsp -= yylen; - yyssp -= yylen; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp -= yylen; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yyval; - -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp++; - if (yylen == 0) - { - yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line; - yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column; - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column; - yylsp->text = 0; - } - else - { - yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line; - yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column; - } -#endif - - /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. - Determine what state that goes to, - based on the state we popped back to - and the rule number reduced by. */ - - yyn = yyr1[yyn]; - - yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; - if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) - yystate = yytable[yystate]; - else - yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; - - goto yynewstate; - -yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */ - - if (! yyerrstatus) - /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ - { - ++yynerrs; - -#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - - if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) - { - int size = 0; - char *msg; - int x, count; - - count = 0; - /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */ - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++; - msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); - if (msg != 0) - { - strcpy(msg, "parse error"); - - if (count < 5) - { - count = 0; - for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); - x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) - if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) - { - strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); - strcat(msg, yytname[x]); - strcat(msg, "'"); - count++; - } - } - yyerror(msg); - free(msg); - } - else - yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); - } - else -#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ - yyerror("parse error"); - } - - goto yyerrlab1; -yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ - - if (yyerrstatus == 3) - { - /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ - - /* return failure if at end of input */ - if (yychar == YYEOF) - YYABORT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); -#endif - - yychar = YYEMPTY; - } - - /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token - after shifting the error token. */ - - yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ - - goto yyerrhandle; - -yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ - -#if 0 - /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens - should shift them. */ - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ - if (yyn) goto yydefault; -#endif - -yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ - - if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; - yyvsp--; - yystate = *--yyssp; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp--; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - { - short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; - fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); - while (ssp1 != yyssp) - fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - -yyerrhandle: - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn += YYTERROR; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrpop; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrpop; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - if (yydebug) - fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - - yyacceptlab: - /* YYACCEPT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 0; - - yyabortlab: - /* YYABORT comes here. */ - if (yyfree_stacks) - { - free (yyss); - free (yyvs); -#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED - free (yyls); -#endif - } - return 1; -} -#line 233 "plural.y" - - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y deleted file mode 100644 index be049a6..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -%{ -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> - because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ -# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg -%} -%pure_parser -%expect 10 - -%union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} - -%{ -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -%} - -/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the - precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. - There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. - Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single - token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ -%right '?' /* ? */ -%left '|' /* || */ -%left '&' /* && */ -%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ -%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ -%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ -%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ -%right '!' /* ! */ - -%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 -%token <num> NUMBER -%type <exp> exp - -%% - -start: exp - { - if ($1 == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; - } - ; - -exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); - } - | exp '|' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); - } - | exp '&' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); - } - | exp EQUOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp CMPOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp ADDOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp MULOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | '!' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); - } - | 'n' - { - $$ = new_exp_0 (var); - } - | NUMBER - { - if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - $$->val.num = $1; - } - | '(' exp ')' - { - $$ = $2; - } - ; - -%% - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in deleted file mode 100644 index b3bcca4..0000000 --- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -1 { - i\ -/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\ -\ -#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\ -# include <config.h>\ -#endif\ -\ -#include "libgettext.h"\ -\ -const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# Write msgid entries in C array form. -# -/^msgid/ { - s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/ - tb -# Append the next line - :b - N -# Look whether second part is continuation line. - s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta -# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line -# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore -# it. - s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/ - bc -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use D here. - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ -# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t''' -# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it. - tb -# Not reached - :c - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x - G - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/ - s/\(.*\)"$/\1/ - p -} -# -# Last line. -# -$ { - i\ -};\ - - g - s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p -} -d diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 167374e..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-add.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - ta - :a - s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / - tb - s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / - :b - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 613cf37..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-del.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - s/ @PACKAGE@ / / - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2e420ad..0000000 --- a/intl/textdomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ -# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Name of the default text domain. */ -extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; - -/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ -extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -char * -TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - char *new_domain; - char *old_domain; - - /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ - if (domainname[0] == '\0' - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) - { - _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - } - else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) - /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some - environment variable changed. */ - new_domain = old_domain; - else - { - /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' - will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we - are out of core. */ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - new_domain = strdup (domainname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); - if (new_domain != NULL) - memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); -#endif - - if (new_domain != NULL) - _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; - } - - /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs - since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we - to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ - if (new_domain != NULL) - { - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - free (old_domain); - } - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - - return new_domain; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); -#endif diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed deleted file mode 100644 index b19c0bb..0000000 --- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file -# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# -# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the -# message set number. We use always set number 1. -# -1 { - i\ -$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed - h - s/.*/0/ - x -} -# -# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help. -# -/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p -# -# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. -# -/^msgid/ { -# Does not work now -# /"$/! { -# s/\\$// -# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ -# } - s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/ - p -} -# -# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations -# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for -# each message we assign them to the messages. -# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file -# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order -# of declarations must not be changed.) -# -/^msgstr/ { - s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/ - x -# The following nice solution is by -# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> - td -# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. -# First hide trailing `9' digits. - :d - s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ - td -# Assure at least one digit is available. - s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ -# Increment the last digit. - s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ - s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ - s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ - s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ - s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ - s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ - s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ - s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ - s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ -# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. - s/_/0/g - x -# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>' - G - s/^[^\n]*$/& / - s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/ -# Clear flag from last substitution. - tb -# Append the next line. - :b - N -# Look whether second part is a continuation line. - s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ -# Yes, then branch. - ta - P - D -# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!! -# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. - :a - s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ - P -# We cannot use the sed command `D' here - s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ - tb -} -d diff --git a/macros2/.cvsignore b/macros2/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 347fe39..0000000 --- a/macros2/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -macros.dep -gnome2-macros.dep diff --git a/macros2/ChangeLog b/macros2/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9af1541..0000000 --- a/macros2/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,276 +0,0 @@ -2003-04-10 Ross Burton <ross@burtonini.com> - - * autogen.sh: Fix a typo in the glib-gettext checks. - -2003-03-07 Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au> - - * autogen.sh: Replace PACKAGE with PKG_NAME, since PKG_NAME is - what is defined by the various applications' autogen.sh. Also, - call autopoint rather than gettextize when appropriate (when - AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION is present). - -2003-02-27 Mark McLoughlin <mark@skynet.ie> - - * compiler-flags.m4: fix mixed up order of arguments to - AC_ARG_ENABLE that made --enable-compile-warnings not work - as expected. - -2003-02-24 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * autogen.sh (forbid_m4macro): add function to forbid m4 macros. - Forbid gnome-cxx-check.m4, to try and catch setups where stale - macros are left on the system. - -2003-02-21 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * autogen.sh (version_check): if $variable is set, then assume - it is correct and skip the version check. - (autoconf): check for autoconf2.50 first, so we don't trigger - Debian's sometimes broken autoconf version sniffer. - -2003-02-19 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * Makefile.am (GNOME2_MACROS): remove check-utmp.m4 (copied it to - libzvt, which is the only thing using it). - - * gnome-deprecated-macros.m4(GNOME_CHECK_CXX): AC_REQUIRE does not - work within AU_DEFUN, so change to a simple call to AC_PROG_CXX. - -2003-02-18 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * autogen.sh (topdir): check to see if gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 - ended up in aclocal.m4, and warn if so. - - * gnome-platform.m4: kill this too (with a deprecation warning). - - * gnome-cxx-check.m4: move to gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: remove, and add a deprecation warning in its - place. - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: remove, and add an AU_DEFUN in its place - telling people not to use it. - - * linger.m4: removed outright. - - * gnome-common.m4: remove GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK, deprecated in favour - of GTK_DOC_CHECK. - - * gnome-gettext.m4: remove file (people should be using gettextize - or glib-gettextize). - - * gnome-deprecated-macros.m4: new file to hold deprecated macros. - -2003-02-14 Kalpesh Shah <kalpesh.shah@sun.com> - - * check-utmp.m4: initialize UTMP structure properly. - Fixes Bug#93774. - Patch reviewed by Andersca <andersca@gnu.org> - -2002-09-23 Bastien Nocera <hadess@hadess.net> - - * autogen.sh: exit if aclocal, autoheader, automake or autoconf - fails to run without warnings. Usually compilation would fail - afterwards with funky errors. - This is more anal than the version committed to the gnome-2-0 branch - -2002-08-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@pobox.com> - - * autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users with - both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means - compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4 - release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and - "aclocal-1.4" - -Mon Aug 12 23:49:41 2002 HideToshi Tajima <hidetoshi.tajima@sun.com> - - * autogen.sh : use portable -o instead of GNU-ish -or for find test - -2002-08-10 Miles Lane <miles_lane@yahoo.com> - - * autogen.sh: fix the "find" test so that the presence of - configure.in is reporteded. Each expression requires its - own -print flag. - -2002-08-10 Sebastian Rittau <srittau@jroger.in-berlin.de> - - * autogen.sh: support for configure.ac - -2002-05-10 Chema Celorio <chema@celorio.com> - - * compiler-flags.m4: fix GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS to work when a parameter is - passed. The arguments to AC_ARG_ENABLE where swapped - -2002-04-01 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): kill bogus clearing of - LDFLAGS - -2001-10-29 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> - - * autogen.sh: add check for glib-gettextize - -2001-10-15 Bastien Nocera <hadess@hadess.net> - - * Makefile.am, curses.m4: added curses.m4 (copied from the gnome1 - macros. this file is needed to gdialog - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * autogen.sh: Complete intltool support. - -2001-10-02 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * autogen.sh: Add intltool support. - -2001-09-04 Frank Belew <frb@ximian.com> - - * autogen.sh: change gettext regexp to work with non-gnu grep - -2001-08-18 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * autogen.sh: Don't ask people to ignore xml-i18n-tools messages. - -2001-08-04 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com> - - * autogen.sh: Update gettext logic to allow anything that - starts with AM and ends with gettext. This makes it work with - AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT, which is what libbonobo is now using. - -2001-08-03 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_CFLAG): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_ACLOCALFLAGS): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES): Removed. - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Use $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version - to check for the pkg-config version. - -2001-07-20 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Require pkg-config 0.8.0. - -2001-06-29 Laszlo Peter <laca@ireland.sun.com> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Fix the regexp - to process all 6 version numbers. - -2001-06-22 Elliot Lee <sopwith@redhat.com> - - * gnome-gettext.m4: N'sync with the gnome1 version, bye bye buggies. - -2001-06-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Require pkg-config 0.7.0 - and fix download URL. - - * gnome-platform.m4: Require pkgconfig on the GNOME 2.0 platform. - -2001-06-01 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g - -2001-04-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): - Set variable `have_<name>' to yes or no depending on whether the - module was found or not; allows you to define automake conditionals - for optional modules. - -2001-03-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * autogen.sh: Add the xml-i18n-tools stuff here. - -2000-12-01 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * compile-warnings.m4: Improved compile warnings check; the - --enable-compile-warnings parameter now takes 5 different - values (no/minimum/yes/maximum/error). AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS). - -2000-11-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome.m4, gnome-gnorba-check.m4, gnome-fileutils.m4: Removed. - -2000-11-26 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): Use - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES. - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Don't - AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]). - (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Check for pkg-config >= 0.4.1. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Added GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES - to check for a list of optional modules. - - * gnome-platform.m4: Require GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-platform.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2. - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Disable the --extra-flags argument to - pkg-config, this doesn't exist anymore. - -2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: New file. This defines - GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG, GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG and - GNOME_PKGCONFIG_* macros from pkg-config. - -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-support.m4, need-declaration.m4: Removed. - -2000-09-30 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: Switch to pkg-config to check for GTK+ 2.0; - Removed all `gnome_cv_passdown_x_*' variables and `USE_DEVGTK'. - - * gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): Added the always-false - INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON automake conditional. - (GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK): New macro. - (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): New macro. - -Thu Aug 24 02:28:57 2000 George Lebl <jirka@5z.com> - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: use the correct name in AC_PROVIDE - -2000-08-06 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Renamed - to GNOME2_X_CHECKS. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * autogen.sh: Removed some old crap in it. - * aclocal-include.m4: Removed. - - * gnome-x-checks.m4: Check for GTK+ 2.0. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * autogen.sh: Make it work with AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT. - * check-utmp.m4: New file. - -2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - Synced with gnome-libs/gnome-data. - -2000-06-09 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnome-common.m4: We need this here as well. - -2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * Makefile.am: New file. Install this stuff into - `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros'. - - * gnome.m4: New file. Copied from `hack-macros' dir. - - * autogen.sh: New file. Copied from `macros' dir. - diff --git a/macros2/Makefile.am b/macros2/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 705d73d..0000000 --- a/macros2/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -## Please update this variable if any new macros are created - -GNOME2_MACROS = \ - compiler-flags.m4 \ - curses.m4 \ - gnome-common.m4 \ - gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 - -EXTRA_DIST = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = macros2.dep - -@MAINT@macros2.dep: Makefile.am -@MAINT@ @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=macros2/%)' > $@ - -if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON -gnome2_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros - -gnome2-macros.dep: Makefile.am - @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=$(gnome2_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@ - -gnome2_aclocal_DATA = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh gnome2-macros.dep - -endif diff --git a/macros2/README.cvs-commits b/macros2/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d58..0000000 --- a/macros2/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org> - diff --git a/macros2/autogen.sh b/macros2/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 595f5ab..0000000 --- a/macros2/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. - -#name of package -PKG_NAME=${PKG_NAME:-Package} -srcdir=${srcdir:-.} - -# default version requirements ... -REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION:-2.53} -REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION:-1.4} -REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION:-1.4.3} -REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION:-0.10.40} -REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION:-2.2.0} -REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION:-0.25} -REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION=${REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION:-0.14.0} -REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION:-1.0} - -# a list of required m4 macros. Package can set an initial value -REQUIRED_M4MACROS=${REQUIRED_M4MACROS:-} -FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS=${FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS:-} - -# if GNOME2_DIR set, modify ACLOCAL_FLAGS ... -if [ -n "$GNOME2_DIR" ]; then - ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_DIR/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH" - PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/bin:$PATH" - export PATH - export LD_LIBRARY_PATH -fi - - -# some terminal codes ... -boldface="`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" -normal="`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" -printbold() { - echo -n "$boldface" - echo "$@" - echo -n "$normal" -} -printerr() { - echo "$@" >&2 -} - -# Usage: -# compare_versions MIN_VERSION ACTUAL_VERSION -# returns true if ACTUAL_VERSION >= MIN_VERSION -compare_versions() { - local min_version actual_version status save_IFS cur min - min_version=$1 - actual_version=$2 - status=0 - IFS="${IFS= }"; save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="." - set $actual_version - for min in $min_version; do - cur=`echo $1 | sed 's/[^0-9].*$//'`; shift # remove letter suffixes - if [ -z "$min" ]; then break; fi - if [ -z "$cur" ]; then status=1; break; fi - if [ $cur -gt $min ]; then break; fi - if [ $cur -lt $min ]; then status=1; break; fi - done - IFS="$save_IFS" - return $status -} - -# Usage: -# version_check PACKAGE VARIABLE CHECKPROGS MIN_VERSION SOURCE -# checks to see if the package is available -version_check() { - local package variable checkprogs min_version source status checkprog actual_version - package=$1 - variable=$2 - checkprogs=$3 - min_version=$4 - source=$5 - status=1 - - checkprog=`eval echo "\\$$variable"` - if [ -n "$checkprog" ]; then - printbold "using $checkprog for $package" - return 0 - fi - - printbold "checking for $package >= $min_version..." - for checkprog in $checkprogs; do - echo -n " testing $checkprog... " - if $checkprog --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then - actual_version=`$checkprog --version | head -1 | \ - sed 's/^.*[ ]\([0-9.]*[a-z]*\).*$/\1/'` - if compare_versions $min_version $actual_version; then - echo "found." - # set variable - eval "$variable=$checkprog" - status=0 - break - else - echo "too old (found version $actual_version)" - fi - else - echo "not found." - fi - done - if [ "$status" != 0 ]; then - printerr "***Error***: You must have $package >= $min_version installed" - printerr " to build $PKG_NAME. Download the appropriate package for" - printerr " from your distribution or get the source tarball at" - printerr " $source" - printerr - fi - return $status -} - -# Usage: -# require_m4macro filename.m4 -# adds filename.m4 to the list of required macros -require_m4macro() { - case "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" in - $1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;; - *) REQUIRED_M4MACROS="$REQUIRED_M4MACROS $1" ;; - esac -} - -forbid_m4macro() { - case "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" in - $1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;; - *) FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS="$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS $1" ;; - esac -} - -# Usage: -# check_m4macros -# Checks that all the requested macro files are in the aclocal macro path -# Uses REQUIRED_M4MACROS and ACLOCAL variables. -check_m4macros() { - local macrodirs status macro dir macrofound - - # construct list of macro directories - macrodirs="`$ACLOCAL --print-ac-dir`" - set - $ACLOCAL_FLAGS - while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do - if [ "$1" = "-I" ]; then - macrodirs="$macrodirs $2" - shift - fi - shift - done - - status=0 - if [ -n "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" ]; then - printbold "Checking for required M4 macros..." - # check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs - for macro in $REQUIRED_M4MACROS; do - macrofound=false - for dir in $macrodirs; do - if [ -f "$dir/$macro" ]; then - macrofound=true - break - fi - done - if $macrofound; then - : - else - printerr " $macro not found" - status=1 - fi - done - fi - if [ -n "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" ]; then - printbold "Checking for forbidden M4 macros..." - # check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs - for macro in $FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS; do - macrofound=false - for dir in $macrodirs; do - if [ -f "$dir/$macro" ]; then - macrofound=true - break - fi - done - if $macrofound; then - printerr " $macro found (should be cleared from macros dir)" - status=1 - fi - done - fi - if [ "$status" != 0 ]; then - printerr "***Error***: some autoconf macros required to build $PKG_NAME" - printerr " were not found in your aclocal path, or some forbidden" - printerr " macros were found. Perhaps you need to adjust your" - printerr " ACLOCAL_PATH?" - printerr - fi - return $status -} - -# try to catch the case where the macros2/ directory hasn't been cleared out. -forbid_m4macro gnome-cxx-check.m4 - -want_libtool=false -want_gettext=false -want_glib_gettext=false -want_intltool=false -want_pkg_config=false -want_gtk_doc=false - -configure_files="`find $srcdir -name configure.ac -print -or -name configure.in -print`" -for configure_ac in $configure_files; do - if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_libtool=true - fi - if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_gettext=true - fi - if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_glib_gettext=true - fi - if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_intltool=true - fi - if grep "^PKG_CHECK_MODULES" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_pkg_config=true - fi - if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then - want_gtk_doc=true - fi -done - -DIE=0 - -#tell Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want autoconf 2.5x, not 2.13 -WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5=1 -export WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5 -version_check autoconf AUTOCONF 'autoconf2.50 autoconf autoconf-2.53' $REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-$REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 -AUTOHEADER=`echo $AUTOCONF | sed s/autoconf/autoheader/` - -case $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION in - 1.4*) automake_progs="automake-1.4" ;; - 1.5*) automake_progs="automake-1.7 automake-1.6 automake-1.5" ;; - 1.6*) automake_progs="automake-1.7 automake-1.6" ;; - 1.7*) automake_progs="automake-1.7" ;; -esac -version_check automake AUTOMAKE "$automake_progs" $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake/automake-$REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 -ACLOCAL=`echo $AUTOMAKE | sed s/automake/aclocal/` - -if $want_libtool; then - version_check libtool LIBTOOLIZE libtoolize $REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool/libtool-$REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro libtool.m4 -fi - -if $want_gettext; then - version_check gettext GETTEXTIZE gettextize $REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-$REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro gettext.m4 -fi - -if $want_glib_gettext; then - version_check glib-gettext GLIB_GETTEXTIZE glib-gettextize $REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION \ - "ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.2/glib-$REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro glib-gettext.m4 -fi - -if $want_intltool; then - version_check intltool INTLTOOLIZE intltoolize $REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/intltool/" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro intltool.m4 -fi - -if $want_pkg_config; then - version_check pkg-config PKG_CONFIG pkg-config $REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION \ - "'http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/releases/pkgconfig-$REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro pkg.m4 -fi - -if $want_gtk_doc; then - version_check gtk-doc GTKDOCIZE gtkdocize $REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION \ - "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gtk-doc/" || DIE=1 - require_m4macro gtk-doc.m4 -fi - -check_m4macros || DIE=1 - -if [ "$DIE" -eq 1 ]; then - exit 1 -fi - -if test -z "$*"; then - printerr "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments." - printerr "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the" - printerr \`$0\'" command line." - printerr -fi - -topdir=`pwd` -for configure_ac in $configure_files; do - dirname=`dirname $configure_ac` - basename=`basename $configure_ac` - if test -f $dirname/NO-AUTO-GEN; then - echo skipping $dirname -- flagged as no auto-gen - else - printbold "Processing $configure_ac" - - aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - printbold "Running $ACLOCAL..." - $ACLOCAL $aclocalinclude || exit 1 - - if grep "GNOME_AUTOGEN_OBSOLETE" aclocal.m4 >/dev/null; then - printerr "*** obsolete gnome macros were used in $configure_ac" - fi - - if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $LIBTOOLIZE..." - $LIBTOOLIZE --force || exit 1 - fi - if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages." - echo "no" | $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1 - elif grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then - if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION" $basename > /dev/null; then - printbold "Running autopoint..." - autopoint --force || exit 1 - else - printbold "Running $GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages." - echo "no" | $GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1 - fi - fi - if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $INTLTOOLIZE..." - $INTLTOOLIZE --force --automake || exit 1 - fi - if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $GTKDOCIZE..." - $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1 - fi - if grep "^A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER" $basename >/dev/null; then - printbold "Running $AUTOHEADER..." - $AUTOHEADER || exit 1 - fi - - printbold "Running $AUTOMAKE..." - $AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing || exit 1 - - printbold "Running $AUTOCONF..." - $AUTOCONF || exit 1 - - cd $topdir - fi -done - -conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" - -if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then - printbold Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ... - $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \ - && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1 -else - echo Skipping configure process. -fi diff --git a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 6163602..0000000 --- a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS -dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings -dnl For now, only works on GCC -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[ - dnl ****************************** - dnl More compiler warnings - dnl ****************************** - - if test -z "$1" ; then - default_compile_warnings=no - else - default_compile_warnings="$1" - fi - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, - [ --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes/maximum/error] Turn on compiler warnings.],, [enable_compile_warnings="$default_compile_warnings"]) - - warnCFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - - warning_flags= - realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - - case "$enable_compile_warnings" in - no) - warning_flags= - ;; - minimum) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused" - ;; - yes) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations" - ;; - maximum|error) - warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wchar-subscripts -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith" - CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS" - for option in -Wsign-promo -Wno-sign-compare; do - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option" - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option]) - AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [], - has_option=yes, - has_option=no,) - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option) - if test $has_option = yes; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags $option" - fi - unset has_option - unset SAVE_CFLAGS - done - unset option - if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then - warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror" - fi - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings) - ;; - esac - CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS" - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler) - AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c, - [ --enable-iso-c Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],, - enable_iso_c=no) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler) - complCFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - case " $CFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS) - - WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS" - AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS) -]) - -dnl For C++, do basically the same thing. - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, - [ --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes] Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - warnCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then - enable_compile_warnings=no - fi - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;; - esac - - ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled - ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall - if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then - warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual" - fi - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS) - - AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx, - [ --enable-iso-cxx Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],, - enable_iso_cxx=no) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler) - complCXXFLAGS= - if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then - if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;; - esac - - case " $CXXFLAGS " in - *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;; - *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;; - esac - fi - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS) - if test "x$cxxflags_set" != "xyes"; then - CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS" - cxxflags_set=yes - AC_SUBST(cxxflags_set) - fi -]) diff --git a/macros2/curses.m4 b/macros2/curses.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 5307e13..0000000 --- a/macros2/curses.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -dnl Curses detection: Munged from Midnight Commander's configure.in -dnl -dnl What it does: -dnl ============= -dnl -dnl - Determine which version of curses is installed on your system -dnl and set the -I/-L/-l compiler entries and add a few preprocessor -dnl symbols -dnl - Do an AC_SUBST on the CURSES_INCLUDEDIR and CURSES_LIBS so that -dnl @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ and @CURSES_LIBS@ will be available in -dnl Makefile.in's -dnl - Modify the following configure variables (these are the only -dnl curses.m4 variables you can access from within configure.in) -dnl CURSES_INCLUDEDIR - contains -I's and possibly -DRENAMED_CURSES if -dnl an ncurses.h that's been renamed to curses.h -dnl is found. -dnl CURSES_LIBS - sets -L and -l's appropriately -dnl CFLAGS - if --with-sco, add -D_SVID3 -dnl has_curses - exports result of tests to rest of configure -dnl -dnl Usage: -dnl ====== -dnl 1) Add lines indicated below to acconfig.h -dnl 2) call AC_CHECK_CURSES after AC_PROG_CC in your configure.in -dnl 3) Instead of #include <curses.h> you should use the following to -dnl properly locate ncurses or curses header file -dnl -dnl #if defined(USE_NCURSES) && !defined(RENAMED_NCURSES) -dnl #include <ncurses.h> -dnl #else -dnl #include <curses.h> -dnl #endif -dnl -dnl 4) Make sure to add @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ to your preprocessor flags -dnl 5) Make sure to add @CURSES_LIBS@ to your linker flags or LIBS -dnl -dnl Notes with automake: -dnl - call AM_CONDITIONAL(HAS_CURSES, test "$has_curses" = true) from -dnl configure.in -dnl - your Makefile.am can look something like this -dnl ----------------------------------------------- -dnl INCLUDES= blah blah blah $(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) -dnl if HAS_CURSES -dnl CURSES_TARGETS=name_of_curses_prog -dnl endif -dnl bin_PROGRAMS = other_programs $(CURSES_TARGETS) -dnl other_programs_SOURCES = blah blah blah -dnl name_of_curses_prog_SOURCES = blah blah blah -dnl other_programs_LDADD = blah -dnl name_of_curses_prog_LDADD = blah $(CURSES_LIBS) -dnl ----------------------------------------------- -dnl -dnl -dnl The following lines should be added to acconfig.h: -dnl ================================================== -dnl -dnl /*=== Curses version detection defines ===*/ -dnl /* Found some version of curses that we're going to use */ -dnl #undef HAS_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use SunOS SysV curses? */ -dnl #undef USE_SUNOS_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use old BSD curses - not used right now */ -dnl #undef USE_BSD_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use SystemV curses? */ -dnl #undef USE_SYSV_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Use Ncurses? */ -dnl #undef USE_NCURSES -dnl -dnl /* If you Curses does not have color define this one */ -dnl #undef NO_COLOR_CURSES -dnl -dnl /* Define if you want to turn on SCO-specific code */ -dnl #undef SCO_FLAVOR -dnl -dnl /* Set to reflect version of ncurses * -dnl * 0 = version 1.* -dnl * 1 = version 1.9.9g -dnl * 2 = version 4.0/4.1 */ -dnl #undef NCURSES_970530 -dnl -dnl /*=== End new stuff for acconfig.h ===*/ -dnl - - -AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_CURSES],[ - search_ncurses=true - screen_manager="" - has_curses=false - - CFLAGS=${CFLAGS--O} - - AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS) - AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) - - AC_ARG_WITH(sco, - [ --with-sco Use this to turn on SCO-specific code],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_DEFINE(SCO_FLAVOR) - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SVID3" - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(sunos-curses, - [ --with-sunos-curses Used to force SunOS 4.x curses],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(osf1-curses, - [ --with-osf1-curses Used to force OSF/1 curses],[ - if test x$withval = xyes; then - AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES - fi - ]) - - AC_ARG_WITH(vcurses, - [ --with-vcurses[=incdir] Used to force SysV curses], - if test x$withval != xyes; then - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval" - fi - AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES - ) - - AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses, - [ --with-ncurses[=dir] Compile with ncurses/locate base dir], - if test x$withval = xno ; then - search_ncurses=false - elif test x$withval != xyes ; then - CURSES_LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval/lib -lncurses" - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval/include" - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="ncurses" - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - fi - ) - - if $search_ncurses - then - AC_SEARCH_NCURSES() - fi - - -]) - - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES], [ - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses" - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SUNOS_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I/usr/5include" - CURSES_LIBS="/usr/5lib/libcurses.a /usr/5lib/libtermcap.a" - AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OSF1 curses) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="OSF1 curses" - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES) - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SysV curses) - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="SysV/curses" - CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" -]) - -dnl AC_ARG_WITH(bsd-curses, -dnl [--with-bsd-curses Used to compile with bsd curses, not very fancy], -dnl search_ncurses=false -dnl screen_manager="Ultrix/cursesX" -dnl if test $system = ULTRIX -dnl then -dnl THIS_CURSES=cursesX -dnl else -dnl THIS_CURSES=curses -dnl fi -dnl -dnl CURSES_LIBS="-l$THIS_CURSES -ltermcap" -dnl AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) -dnl has_curses=true -dnl AC_DEFINE(USE_BSD_CURSES) -dnl AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Use of the bsdcurses extension has some) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(display/input problems.) -dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Reconsider using xcurses) -dnl) - - -dnl -dnl Parameters: directory filename cureses_LIBS curses_INCLUDEDIR nicename -dnl -AC_DEFUN([AC_NCURSES], [ - if $search_ncurses - then - if test -f $1/$2 - then - AC_MSG_RESULT(Found ncurses on $1/$2) - CURSES_LIBS="$3" - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$4" - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager=$5 - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - fi - fi -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_SEARCH_NCURSES], [ - AC_CHECKING("location of ncurses.h file") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include, ncurses.h, -lncurses,, "ncurses on /usr/include") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include, "ncurses on /usr/local") - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/local/lib/ncurses -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/local/include/ncurses") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, curses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/local/.../ncurses") - - AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, curses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses") - - dnl - dnl We couldn't find ncurses, try SysV curses - dnl - if $search_ncurses - then - AC_EGREP_HEADER(init_color, /usr/include/curses.h, - AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES) - AC_EGREP_CPP(USE_NCURSES,[ -#include <curses.h> -#ifdef __NCURSES_H -#undef USE_NCURSES -USE_NCURSES -#endif -],[ - CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$CURSES_INCLUDEDIR -DRENAMED_NCURSES" - AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES) - has_curses=true - AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES) - search_ncurses=false - screen_manager="ncurses installed as curses" -]) - fi - - dnl - dnl Try SunOS 4.x /usr/5{lib,include} ncurses - dnl The flags USE_SUNOS_CURSES, USE_BSD_CURSES and BUGGY_CURSES - dnl should be replaced by a more fine grained selection routine - dnl - if $search_ncurses - then - if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h - then - AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES - fi - else - # check for ncurses version, to properly ifdef mouse-fix - AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ncurses version) - ncurses_version=unknown -cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -[#]line __oline__ "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" -#ifdef RENAMED_NCURSES -#include <curses.h> -#else -#include <ncurses.h> -#endif -#undef VERSION -VERSION:NCURSES_VERSION -EOF - if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AC_FD_CC | - egrep "VERSION:" >conftest.out 2>&1; then -changequote(,)dnl - ncurses_version=`cat conftest.out|sed -e 's/^[^"]*"//' -e 's/".*//'` -changequote([,])dnl - fi - rm -rf conftest* - AC_MSG_RESULT($ncurses_version) - case "$ncurses_version" in -changequote(,)dnl - 4.[01]) -changequote([,])dnl - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,2) - ;; - 1.9.9g) - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,1) - ;; - 1*) - AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,0) - ;; - esac - fi -]) - - - - - diff --git a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 b/macros2/gnome-common.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 20302d1..0000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -# gnome-common.m4 -# - -dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT], -[ - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir, - [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"]) - AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags, - [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"]) - GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir" - GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags" - AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR) - AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS) - - ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS" - - AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_DOCU, false) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK], -[ - AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [ --enable-debug turn on debugging [default=no]], enable_debug="$enableval", enable_debug=no) - - if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then - AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG,1, - [Enable additional debugging at the expense of performance and size]) - fi -]) diff --git a/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 b/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index b27ba52..0000000 --- a/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ --*- mode: autoconf -*- - -# GNOME_AUTOGEN_OBSOLETE -# this marker is checked for in the aclocal.m4 file to check for bad macros ... - -AU_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT], [AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT]) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK], [GTK_DOC_CHECK]) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS], []) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK], []) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG], []) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG], []) -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2], []) - -AU_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX], -[ - # see if a C++ compiler exists and works - AC_PROG_CXX - if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then - AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1])) - fi - AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno) -]) - -# for aclocal-1.4's benefit -# AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2], []) -# AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX], []) diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 9788f70..0000000 --- a/stamp-h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -timestamp diff --git a/stamp.h.in b/stamp.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/stamp.h.in +++ /dev/null diff --git a/support/.cvsignore b/support/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index e710523..0000000 --- a/support/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Makefile.in -Makefile -.deps -*.la -*.lo -.libs -gnomesupport-h -gnomesupport.h -gnome-support-2.0.pc diff --git a/support/ChangeLog b/support/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 67fa269..0000000 --- a/support/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de> - - * Makefile.am: Install libgnomesupport.la, but call it - libgnomesupport-1.3.la. - - * gnome-support-2.0.pc.in: Added pkg-config file. - -1999-05-27 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport.awk: Put c++ guards after #includes. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Remove dependence on `gnome-argp.h'. Move - relevant declarations here. - -1999-05-12 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * canonicalize.c: Use `set_errno' instead of `__set_errno' and - define `set_errno' here. - -1999-03-27 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (supportexecincludedir): Rename from - supportincludedir so that `gnomesupport.h' can be installed with - `make install-exec'. - (supportinclude_HEADERS): Remove. Don't install popt-gnome.h - twice. - (error.o): Change `error.c: gnomesupport.h' dependency to - `error.o: gnomesupport.h' to reflect actual dependency. - -1999-02-19 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * canonicalize.c: Include <gnome-argp.h> instead of the removed - <argp-namefrob.h>. - -1999-02-17 Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr> - - * poptint.h: Removed the suspicious `#ifdef HAVE_DGETTEXT...' - switch. Now `progname --help' messages should be translated. - -1998-12-24 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> - - * poptparse.[ch]: poptParseArgvString cleanups... - Added array grow increment constant. - Remove unnecessary 'dst' init. - Remove unnecessary strcpy(). - Make arg 's' and var 'src' const-correct. - -1998-12-21 Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com> - - * poptparse.c: fix pointer assignment - -1998-12-16 Sebastian Wilhelmi <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de> - - * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): added gnome-argp.c, - which is needed for platforms without - program_invocation_short_name and program_invocation_name. - (libgnomesupport_la_LIBADD): reinstalled the correct value. - -1998-12-15 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add all source and header files here. - -1998-12-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add back `gnomesupport.awk' and - `README-gnome'. - -1998-11-06 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * popt.c (gnomesupport-fake.h): Include. - * poptint.h (ENABLE_NLS): Define POPT_() and _() i18n markers - based on this. - -1998-11-04 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnomesupport.h unconditionally. - * Makefile.am: Build libgnomesupport.la unconditionally. - (popt_sources): List `popt' sources. - (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): Include $popt_sources. - (include_HEADERS): Install `popt.h'. - (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install poptint.h and findme.h. - * popt.c: New file. From the POPT package. Replacement for - argp/getopt. - * poptparse.c: Likewise. - * popthelp.c: Likewise. - * poptconfig.c: Likewise. - * findme.c: Likewise. - * findme.h: Likewise. - * popt.h: Likewise. - * poptint.h: Likewise. - -1998-09-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * canonicalize.c (realpath): Remove `weak_alias'. - (canonicalize_file_name): Comment out. - - * gnomesupport.awk: Remove `canonicalize_file_name', and correct - the comment for `realpath'. - -1998-09-02 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnomesupport.awk (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): Emit - declarations if required. - - * canonicalize.c (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): New file. - Imported from GLibC 2.0.7. - - * libc-symbols.h: New file. Imported from GLibC 2.0.7. - -1998-08-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gnomesupport.awk: Emit declarations for `setreuid', `setregid' - and `getpagesize' if required (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS). - -1998-08-18 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * Makefile.am: Added explicit dependency `error.c: gnomesupport.h'. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `sys/types.h' to get `size_t' under - FreeBSD. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `gnomesupport.h' only if we really - `NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H'. - -1998-08-16 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added all source and header files that - are in CVS to make sure everything is included in the distribution - no matter which files are used on the build system. - -1998-08-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): List `gnomesupport.h' - here in the hope that it'll ensure that it is built. - -1998-08-05 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add `gnomesupport-fake.h'. - -1998-08-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * error.c (program_name): Clean up #ifdef logic some more. - (HAVE_STRERROR_R): Step on implementation namespace only if _LIBC. - -1998-07-30 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * error.c: Making weak alias `__error' and `__error_at_line' - only if `_LIBC' is defined and not if we only - HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME. - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnome-argp.h to get - `program_invocation_name'. - -1998-07-29 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport-fake.h: New file. Fake in HAVE_* for functions - that are provided by `gnomesupport' rather than `libc'. - * error.c: Include gnomesupport-fake.h. - (program_name): Define to `program_invocation_name' if - HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME. - -1998-07-29 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * error.c, error.h: New files. Imported from glibc. - - * Makefile.am (supportinclude_HEADERS): Added `error.h'. - -1998-07-17 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * strtol.c, strtoul.c (<ansidecl.h>): Removed. Using - `const' instead of `CONST'. - -1998-07-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport.awk (gethostname): Emit declaration. - -1998-07-15 Martin Baulig <baulig@Stud.Informatik.uni-trier.de> - - * gnomesupport.awk (memmove strtod strtol strtoul): Emit - declarations. - - * memmove.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty. - - * strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c: New files. Imported from - GNU libiberty. - -1998-07-14 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * mkstemp.c (<stdint.h>): Systems that don't have `mkstemp' - probably don't have <stdint.h> either. Will fix it with a proper - autoconf test later. - -1998-07-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * argp.h (ARGP_EI): Define to `extern __inline__', rather that - `extern inline'. Since this code is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ check, - I assume this is GCC, and __inline__ will work. - - * mkstemp.c: New file. - * gnomesupport.awk: Conditionally emit prototype for `mkstemp'. - -Tue Jul 7 00:02:51 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * argp-help.c: Don't include <malloc.h>. - -1998-06-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (gnomesupport.h): Build with `gnomesupport.awk'. - (CROSS_COMPILING): Remove. - (EXTRA_DIST): Add `gnomesupport.awk'. - - * gnomesupport.awk: New file, to replace `gnomesupport-h.c'. - * gnomesupport-h.c: Removed. Doesn't work well in cross-compiles. - -1998-06-08 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * Makefile.am (gnomesupport-h): When cross-compiling, this - is build using `$(build_CC)' because it needs to run on the - build system. Look at gnome-libs/configure.in to see how to - get `build_CC'. - -Thu May 21 21:21:12 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * gnome-argp.h: Unconditionally declare program_invocation_name - and program_invocation_short_name; some systems define these but - don't declare them. - -1998-05-20 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define _GNU_SOURCE. - -1998-05-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport-h.c (strerror): Emit declaration. - * strerror.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty. - -1998-05-19 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * vsnprintf.c (vsnprintf): Changed declaration of this - function on systems defining __STDC__ to avoid clash - with prototype in system header file. - - * vsnprintf.c (snprintf): Moved toward the end of the - file, so that the compiler sees correct declaration for - vsnprintf(). - -1998-05-12 Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@fib.hl.no> - - * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Backed out previous "fix". :-) - As pointed out it was dead wrong. - -1998-05-09 Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@fib.hl.no> - - * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Removed a compiler warning. - -1998-04-14 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gnomesupport-h.c (main): Make gnomesupport.h include stddef.h - unconditionally. - -1998-04-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * scandir.c (<sys/types.h>): Include. - * gnomesupport-h.c (!HAVE_SCANDIR): Do all the `dirent' wrangling - only if `scandir' is needed. Also, include <sys/types.h> in all - cases. - -1998-04-13 Seth Alves <alves@twitch.cp.domain.net> - - * gnomesupport-h.c (HAVE_DIRENT_H): FreeBSD needs <sys/types.h> - before <dirent.h>. - -1998-04-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (supportincludedir): Is now $(pkglibdir)/include. - `gnomesupport.h' is a generated file dependent on the configure - process. So, this seems a good place. The rest of the headers - are also here just because I'm too lazy to maintain two separate - include directories to search in for `libgnomesupport' stuff ;-) - (supportinclude_DATA): New var. Has `gnomesupport.h'. - (BUILT_SOURCES): Generate `gnomesupport.h'. - - * gnomesupport-h.c: New file. Used to generate `gnomesupport.h', - which contains prototypes for many of the functions in - `libgnomesupport'. This method is used to ensure that prototypes - appear only for those functions that are provided by - `libgnomesupport'. - - * scandir.c (alphasort): New utility function. - -1998-04-08 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * scandir.c: Import from GNU libc. - Remove assumptions that this file is compiled inside GLIBC. - Here are the ChangeLog entries when I imported it originally into - `gwp': - - 1998-02-08 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - * scandir.c (scandir): Revert change of `1998-02-07'. - Don't use d_reclen, but fix the expression used to - figure out the length. - - 1998-02-07 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - * scandir.c (scandir): Use `d_reclen' field to get length - of record. - - 1998-02-06 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - * scandir.c: New file. Replacement function copied from - glibc, edited to not step on implementation namespace. - -1998-03-28 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Imported from GNU libit-0.4. - Applied a change that appears in `libiberty'. - -Fri Mar 13 21:30:34 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * argp.texi: Imported from glibc. - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added argp.texi. - -1998-03-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install argp-fmtstream.h and - argp-namefrob.h. They are used only to compile `argp' and not for - general usage. - -1998-03-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * getopt.h: Don't mention getopt() for C++. (Local fix). - - * vsnprintf.c: Actually fill it in. It is from - <URL:http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c>, with one small fix to - actually make it compile. - -1998-03-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * easy-vsnprintf.c: New file. Provides (v)snprintf as simple - wrappers to `__vsnprintf'. - * vsnprintf.c: New file. Empty for now. - -Sun Mar 8 17:13:33 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * Makefile.am: Rewrote. Library now named libgnomesupport, now - installed if Gnome support code is built. - -Sat Mar 7 00:03:26 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * gnome-argp.h (__mempcpy): New define. - - * strnlen.c: New file from glibc; needed by strndup.c. - -Fri Mar 6 20:10:55 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * argp-fmtstream.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc. - * argp.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc. - - * argp-help.c, argp-parse.c, argp.h: Imported new versions from - glibc, while preserving local changes. - -Wed Mar 4 00:58:27 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - - * Makefile.am (libsupport_a_SOURCES): Added gnome-argp.c. - * gnome-argp.c: New file. - - * argp-parse.c: Include gnome-argp.h. - * argp-help.c: Include gnome-argp.h. - - * README-gnome, gnome-argp.h: New files. - - * argp-ba.c, argp-eexst.c, argp-fmtstream.c, argp-fmtstream.h, - argp-fs-xinl.c, argp-help.c, argp-namefrob.h, argp-parse.c, - argp-pv.c, argp-pvh.c, argp-test.c, argp-xinl.c, argp.h, - strndup.c: New files, imported from glibc. Please use "cvs - import" if you import new versions. - - * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Added argp-fmtstream.h, - argp-namefrob.h, argp.h, gnome-argp.h. - (EXTRA_DIST): New macro. - -1998-02-18 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * strcasecmp.c: New file, copied from `glibc'. Used to provide - replacement `strcasecmp' file. - - diff --git a/support/Makefile.am b/support/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 627e1df..0000000 --- a/support/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. - -supportexecincludedir = $(includedir)/gnome/$(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION) - -INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE - -lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgnomesupport-1.3.la - -# it is in _DATA since we don't want `gnomesupport.h' to be part of -# the distributed `.tar.gz' file -supportexecinclude_DATA = gnomesupport.h - -# These are internal headers: they are used only when compiling and -# should not be installed -#noinst_HEADERS = gnomesupport-fake.h \ -# findme.h poptint.h system.h - -# Hmm... should we move `error.h' here. -#include_HEADERS = popt-gnome.h - -#popt_sources = findme.c poptconfig.c poptparse.c popt.c popthelp.c -popt_sources= - -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h $(popt_sources) gnome-argp.c -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LIBADD = @LTLIBOBJS@ -libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0 - -BUILT_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h - -# error.o is not always built. In the case when it is built, make -# sure gnomesupport.h is built first. -error.o: gnomesupport.h - -gnomesupport.h: gnomesupport.awk $(top_builddir)/config.h - $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/gnomesupport.awk < $(top_builddir)/config.h > gsh-t - mv gsh-t gnomesupport.h - -EXTRA_DIST = gnomesupport.awk README-gnome \ - canonicalize.c easy-vsnprintf.c error.c error.h \ - findme.c findme.h getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c \ - gnome-argp.c gnome-argp.h gnomesupport-fake.h \ - memmove.c mkstemp.c popt-gnome.h popt.c poptconfig.c \ - popthelp.c poptint.h poptparse.c scandir.c strcasecmp.c \ - strerror.c strndup.c strnlen.c strtod.c strtok_r.c strtol.c \ - strtoul.c vasprintf.c vsnprintf.c gnome-support-2.0.pc.in - -pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig -pkgconfig_DATA = gnome-support-2.0.pc diff --git a/support/README-gnome b/support/README-gnome deleted file mode 100644 index 3b59b3e..0000000 --- a/support/README-gnome +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -Note to Gnome hackers: - -If you change anything related to popt, please forward these changes to -ewt@redhat.com, the popt package maintainer. - -- jgarzik@pobox.com 12/24/1998 - - -Some files in this directory are taken verbatim from glibc. -Do not modify them. If you find a bug, report it as you would any -glibc bug. - -When updating the glibc files in the master Gnome repository, be sure -to use "cvs import". That will ensure that any local changes are -merged in. - -Yes, there are some minor local changes. Hopefully these will be -sorted out with the glibc maintainer before long. - -- Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> - Wed, Mar 4 1998 - - - -Notes on CVS import: - -This directory has files from two "vendors". There are, thus, two -vendor branches - - 1.1.1 GNU - 1.1.2 SNPRINTF_de_Raadt - -The files that have "vendor" versions are: - - argp-ba.c GNU - argp-eexst.c GNU - argp-fmtstream.c GNU - argp-fmtstream.h GNU - argp-fs-xinl.c GNU - argp-help.c GNU - argp-namefrob.h GNU - argp-parse.c GNU - argp-pv.c GNU - argp-pvh.c GNU - argp-test.c GNU - argp-xinl.c GNU - argp.h GNU - getopt.c GNU - getopt.h GNU - getopt1.c GNU - strcasecmp.c GNU - strndup.c GNU - strnlen.c GNU - strtok_r.c GNU - vasprintf.c GNU - vsnprintf.c SNPRINTF_de_Raadt - -To find out the list of changes made against a "vendor" revision, you -can say - - cvs diff -r <vendor-branch-tag> - -When any of these files are changed by the vendor, they can be -reimported. At the time of importing, please make sure you use the -correct branch revision and vendor tag. - -So, if you are importing changes to any of the `GNU' files, please use - - cvs import -b 1.1.1 gnome-common/support GNU <new-release-tag> - -If you are importing changes to "SNPRINTF_de_Raadt" files, please use - - cvs import -b 1.1.2 gnome-common/support SNPRINTF_de_Raadt <new-rel-tag> - ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - | | - Branch revision Vendor Tag - -In other words the "Branch revision" and "Vendor Tag" must agree. - -- Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - 1998-03-11 - - - -Good places to get "support" functions: - -`libgnomesupport' is essentially a `glibc' emulation library, and hence -`glibc' itself is a good source. However, some of the functions cannot -be easily ripped out and put here (esp. any of the stdio-derived -functions). Other places are: - -* libiberty from your friendly Cygnus source distribution, e.g., - binutils, gdb. The only caveat is that these cannot be used drop-in: - you have to remove references to other files in the Cygnus tree &c. - -* libit, which appeared briefly on ftp://alpha.gnu.org - -* Jim Meyering's collection from his `fileutils'/`sh-utils'/`textutils' - packages - -- Raja R Harinath - 1998-03-28 diff --git a/support/README.cvs-commits b/support/README.cvs-commits deleted file mode 100644 index 88e3d58..0000000 --- a/support/README.cvs-commits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS - -which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects -a very large number of modules. - -Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you -commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me -a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok. - -Thanks for your understanding, - -August 1st, 2001 -Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org> - diff --git a/support/canonicalize.c b/support/canonicalize.c deleted file mode 100644 index a04a0ec..0000000 --- a/support/canonicalize.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file. - Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <limits.h> -#include <sys/param.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#include <gnome-argp.h> - -/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name - does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path - separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist. If - RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the - canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno' - set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars, - returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and - RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component - that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED - holds the same value as the value returned. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e) -#else -#define set_errno(e) errno = (e) -#endif - -static char * -canonicalize (const char *name, char *resolved) -{ - char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL; - const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit; - long int path_max; - int num_links = 0; - -#ifdef PATH_MAX - path_max = PATH_MAX; -#else - path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX); - if (path_max <= 0) - path_max = 1024; -#endif - - rpath = resolved ? __alloca (path_max) : malloc (path_max); - rpath_limit = rpath + path_max; - - if (name[0] != '/') - { - if (!getcwd (rpath, path_max)) - goto error; - dest = strchr (rpath, '\0'); - } - else - { - rpath[0] = '/'; - dest = rpath + 1; - } - - for (start = end = name; *start; start = end) - { - struct stat st; - int n; - - /* skip sequence of multiple path-separators: */ - while (*start == '/') ++start; - - /* find end of path component: */ - for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end); - - if (end - start == 0) - break; - else if (strncmp (start, ".", end - start) == 0) - /* nothing */; - else if (strncmp (start, "..", end - start) == 0) { - /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */ - if (dest > rpath + 1) - while ((--dest)[-1] != '/'); - } else - { - size_t new_size; - - if (dest[-1] != '/') - *dest++ = '/'; - - if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit) - { - if (resolved) - { - set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); - goto error; - } - new_size = rpath_limit - rpath; - if (end - start + 1 > path_max) - new_size += end - start + 1; - else - new_size += path_max; - rpath = realloc (rpath, new_size); - rpath_limit = rpath + new_size; - if (!rpath) - return NULL; - } - - memcpy (dest, start, end - start); - dest += end - start; - *dest = '\0'; - - if (__lstat (rpath, &st) < 0) - goto error; - - if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)) - { - char *buf = __alloca (path_max); - - if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS) - { - set_errno (ELOOP); - goto error; - } - - n = readlink (rpath, buf, path_max); - if (n < 0) - goto error; - buf[n] = '\0'; - - if (!extra_buf) - extra_buf = __alloca (path_max); - - if ((long int) (n + strlen (end)) >= path_max) - { - set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); - goto error; - } - - /* careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */ - strcat (buf, end); - strcpy (extra_buf, buf); - name = end = extra_buf; - - if (buf[0] == '/') - dest = rpath + 1; /* it's an absolute symlink */ - else - /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */ - if (dest > rpath + 1) - while ((--dest)[-1] != '/'); - } - else - num_links = 0; - } - } - if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/') - --dest; - *dest = '\0'; - - return resolved ? strcpy (resolved, rpath) : rpath; - -error: - if (resolved) - strcpy (resolved, rpath); - else - free (rpath); - return NULL; -} - -char * -realpath (const char *name, char *resolved) -{ - if (resolved == NULL) - { - set_errno (EINVAL); - return NULL; - } - - return canonicalize (name, resolved); -} - -#if 0 -char * -canonicalize_file_name (const char *name) -{ - return canonicalize (name, NULL); -} -#endif diff --git a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c b/support/easy-vsnprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index b50df74..0000000 --- a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* (v)snprintf in terms of __(v)snprintf - * - * Useful with Solaris 2.5 libc, which appears to have the `__*' versions - * of (v)snprintf. - * - * This file is in the public domain - * (in case it matters) - */ - -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -extern int __vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); - -int -vsnprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args) -{ - return __vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args); -} - -int -snprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - va_start(args, format); - retval = vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args); - va_end(args); - return retval; -} diff --git a/support/error.c b/support/error.c deleted file mode 100644 index b0264bc..0000000 --- a/support/error.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities - Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of - the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <gnomesupport-fake.h> - -#include <stdio.h> - -#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC -# if __STDC__ -# include <stdarg.h> -# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) -# else -# include <varargs.h> -# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) -# endif -#else -# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 -# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; -#endif - -#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <string.h> -#else -void exit (); -#endif - -#include "error.h" - -#ifndef _ -# define _(String) String -#endif - -/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program - name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this - function without parameters instead. */ -void (*error_print_progname) ( -#if __STDC__ - 0 - void -#endif - ); - -/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ -unsigned int error_message_count; - -#if HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME || _LIBC -/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */ - -# define program_name program_invocation_name -# include <errno.h> - -#else - -/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the - name of the executing program. */ -extern char *program_name; - -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly. - Instead make it a weak alias. */ -# define error __error -# define error_at_line __error_at_line - -# define strerror_r __strerror_r - -#else /* not _LIBC */ - -# if ! HAVE_STRERROR_R -# if HAVE_STRERROR -# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */ -char *strerror (); -# endif -# else -static char * -private_strerror (errnum) - int errnum; -{ - extern char *sys_errlist[]; - extern int sys_nerr; - - if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr) - return _(sys_errlist[errnum]); - return _("Unknown system error"); -} -# define strerror private_strerror -# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */ -# endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR_R */ -#endif /* not _LIBC */ - -/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style - format string with optional args. - If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. - Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ -/* VARARGS */ - -void -#if defined VA_START && __STDC__ -error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) -#else -error (status, errnum, message, va_alist) - int status; - int errnum; - char *message; - va_dcl -#endif -{ -#ifdef VA_START - va_list args; -#endif - - if (error_print_progname) - (*error_print_progname) (); - else - { - fflush (stdout); - fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); - } - -#ifdef VA_START - VA_START (args, message); -# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC - vfprintf (stderr, message, args); -# else - _doprnt (message, args, stderr); -# endif - va_end (args); -#else - fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); -#endif - - ++error_message_count; - if (errnum) - { -#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC - char errbuf[1024]; - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); -#else - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); -#endif - } - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); - if (status) - exit (status); -} - -/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This - variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ -int error_one_per_line; - -void -#if defined VA_START && __STDC__ -error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, - unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...) -#else -error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist) - int status; - int errnum; - const char *file_name; - unsigned int line_number; - char *message; - va_dcl -#endif -{ -#ifdef VA_START - va_list args; -#endif - - if (error_one_per_line) - { - static const char *old_file_name; - static unsigned int old_line_number; - - if (old_line_number == line_number && - (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name))) - /* Simply return and print nothing. */ - return; - - old_file_name = file_name; - old_line_number = line_number; - } - - if (error_print_progname) - (*error_print_progname) (); - else - { - fflush (stdout); - fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name); - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number); - -#ifdef VA_START - VA_START (args, message); -# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC - vfprintf (stderr, message, args); -# else - _doprnt (message, args, stderr); -# endif - va_end (args); -#else - fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); -#endif - - ++error_message_count; - if (errnum) - { -#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC - char errbuf[1024]; - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); -#else - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); -#endif - } - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); - if (status) - exit (status); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Make the weak alias. */ -# undef error -# undef error_at_line -weak_alias (__error, error) -weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line) -#endif diff --git a/support/error.h b/support/error.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d3bcb7..0000000 --- a/support/error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* Declaration for error-reporting function - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of - the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _ERROR_H -#define _ERROR_H 1 - -#ifndef __attribute__ -/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ -# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ -# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ -# endif -/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes - are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ -# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) -# define __format__ format -# define __printf__ printf -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ - -/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)'; - if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM). - If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */ - -extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...) - __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); - -extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname, - unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...) - __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6))); - -/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program - name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this - function without parameters instead. */ -extern void (*error_print_progname) (void); - -#else -void error (); -void error_at_line (); -extern void (*error_print_progname) (); -#endif - -/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ -extern unsigned int error_message_count; - -/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This - variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ -extern int error_one_per_line; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* error.h */ diff --git a/support/findme.c b/support/findme.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d1b41c..0000000 --- a/support/findme.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "findme.h" - -const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) { - char * path = getenv("PATH"); - char * pathbuf; - char * start, * chptr; - char * buf; - - /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute - path */ - if (strchr(argv0, '/')) - return xstrdup(argv0); - - if (!path) return NULL; - - start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1); - buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2); - strcpy(pathbuf, path); - - chptr = NULL; - do { - if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':'))) - *chptr = '\0'; - sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0); - - if (!access(buf, X_OK)) - return buf; - - if (chptr) - start = chptr + 1; - else - start = NULL; - } while (start && *start); - - free(buf); - - return NULL; -} diff --git a/support/findme.h b/support/findme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5e93963..0000000 --- a/support/findme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_FINDME -#define H_FINDME - -const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0); - -#endif diff --git a/support/getopt.c b/support/getopt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3199925..0000000 --- a/support/getopt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@ -/* Getopt for GNU. - NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what - "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu - before changing it! - - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. - Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */ -#ifndef _NO_PROTO -#define _NO_PROTO -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 -#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 -#include <gnu-versions.h> -#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION -#define ELIDE_CODE -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef ELIDE_CODE - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them - contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -#ifdef VMS -#include <unixlib.h> -#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 -#include <string.h> -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef _ -/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. - When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ -#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -# include <libintl.h> -# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) -#else -# define _(msgid) (msgid) -#endif -#endif - -/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' - but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user - to intersperse the options with the other arguments. - - As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, - when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus - all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. - - Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. - Then the behavior is completely standard. - - GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which - they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ - -#include "getopt.h" - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -char *optarg = NULL; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ -int optind = 1; - -/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which - causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't - know that. */ - -int __getopt_initialized = 0; - -/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element - in which the last option character we returned was found. - This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. - - If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan - by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ - -static char *nextchar; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message - for unrecognized options. */ - -int opterr = 1; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. - This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the - system's own getopt implementation. */ - -int optopt = '?'; - -/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. - - If the caller did not specify anything, - the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable - POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. - - REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; - stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. - This is what Unix does. - This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment - variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character - of the list of option characters. - - PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, - so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options - to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to - expect this. - - RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written - to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about - the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element - as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. - Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters - selects this mode of operation. - - The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless - of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only - `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ - -static enum -{ - REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER -} ordering; - -/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ -static char *posixly_correct; - -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries - because there are many ways it can cause trouble. - On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work - in GCC. */ -#include <string.h> -#define my_index strchr -#else - -/* Avoid depending on library functions or files - whose names are inconsistent. */ - -char *getenv (); - -static char * -my_index (str, chr) - const char *str; - int chr; -{ - while (*str) - { - if (*str == chr) - return (char *) str; - str++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. - If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. - That was relevant to code that was here before. */ -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, - and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ -extern int strlen (const char *); -#endif /* not __STDC__ */ -#endif /* __GNUC__ */ - -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ - -/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ - -/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have - been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; - `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ - -static int first_nonopt; -static int last_nonopt; - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags - indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ - -/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ -extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; - -static int nonoption_flags_max_len; -static int nonoption_flags_len; - -static int original_argc; -static char *const *original_argv; - -/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment - is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed - to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ -static void -__attribute__ ((unused)) -store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) -{ - /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so - that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ - original_argc = argc; - original_argv = argv; -} -# ifdef text_set_element -text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); -# endif /* text_set_element */ - -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ - { \ - char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ - } -#else /* !_LIBC */ -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) -#endif /* _LIBC */ - -/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. - One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) - which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. - The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all - the options processed since those non-options were skipped. - - `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe - the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -static void exchange (char **); -#endif - -static void -exchange (argv) - char **argv; -{ - int bottom = first_nonopt; - int middle = last_nonopt; - int top = optind; - char *tem; - - /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. - That puts the shorter segment into the right place. - It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, - but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC - /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' - string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range - of the string. */ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) - { - /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and - presents new arguments. */ - char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); - if (new_str == NULL) - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; - else - { - memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, - nonoption_flags_max_len), - '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); - nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; - } - } -#endif - - while (top > middle && middle > bottom) - { - if (top - middle > middle - bottom) - { - /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ - int len = middle - bottom; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; - argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ - top -= len; - } - else - { - /* Top segment is the short one. */ - int len = top - middle; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; - argv[middle + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ - bottom += len; - } - } - - /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ - - first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); - last_nonopt = optind; -} - -/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); -#endif -static const char * -_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 - is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped - non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ - - first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; - - nextchar = NULL; - - posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); - - /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ - - if (optstring[0] == '-') - { - ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (optstring[0] == '+') - { - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (posixly_correct != NULL) - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - else - ordering = PERMUTE; - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (posixly_correct == NULL - && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) - { - if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) - { - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL - || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - { - const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; - int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); - if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) - nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = - (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), - '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); - } - } - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; - } - else - nonoption_flags_len = 0; -#endif - - return optstring; -} - -/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters - given in OPTSTRING. - - If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", - then it is an option element. The characters of this element - (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' - is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters - from each of the option elements. - - If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, - updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can - resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. - - If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. - Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element - that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted - so that those that are not options now come last.) - - OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. - If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, - return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to - zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. - - If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, - so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following - ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that - wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, - it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. - - If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of - handling the non-option ARGV-elements. - See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. - - Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. - Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique - or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an - argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated - from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. - When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's - `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field - if the `flag' field is zero. - - The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. - But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible - with other systems. - - LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an - element containing a name which is zero. - - LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. - It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most - recent call. - - If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce - long-named options. */ - -int -_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; - const struct option *longopts; - int *longind; - int long_only; -{ - optarg = NULL; - - if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) - { - if (optind == 0) - optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ - optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); - __getopt_initialized = 1; - } - - /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. - Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag - from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information - is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ - || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ - && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) -#else -#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#endif - - if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') - { - /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ - - /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been - moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ - if (last_nonopt > optind) - last_nonopt = optind; - if (first_nonopt > optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - if (ordering == PERMUTE) - { - /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, - exchange them so that the options come first. */ - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (last_nonopt != optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - /* Skip any additional non-options - and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ - - while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) - optind++; - last_nonopt = optind; - } - - /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. - Skip it like a null option, - then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, - then skip everything else like a non-option. */ - - if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) - { - optind++; - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) - first_nonopt = optind; - last_nonopt = argc; - - optind = argc; - } - - /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan - and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ - - if (optind == argc) - { - /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options - that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) - optind = first_nonopt; - return -1; - } - - /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, - either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ - - if (NONOPTION_P) - { - if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) - return -1; - optarg = argv[optind++]; - return 1; - } - - /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. - Skip the initial punctuation. */ - - nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 - + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); - } - - /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ - - /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. - - If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is - a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of - a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no - way to give the -f short option. - - On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and - the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of - the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". - - This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ - - if (longopts != NULL - && (argv[optind][1] == '-' - || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = -1; - int option_index; - - for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) - == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - optind++; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - - optopt = pfound->val; - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optopt = pfound->val; - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - - /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, - or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short - option, then it's an error. - Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ - if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' - || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), - argv[0], nextchar); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); - } - nextchar = (char *) ""; - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - } - - /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ - - { - char c = *nextchar++; - char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); - - /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ - if (*nextchar == '\0') - ++optind; - - if (temp == NULL || c == ':') - { - if (opterr) - { - if (posixly_correct) - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - else - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - return '?'; - } - /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ - if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = 0; - int option_index; - - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - return c; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - - /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the - table of longopts. */ - - for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - return '?'; - } - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("\ -%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - nextchar = NULL; - return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ - } - if (temp[1] == ':') - { - if (temp[2] == ':') - { - /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - optind++; - } - else - optarg = NULL; - nextchar = NULL; - } - else - { - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - nextchar = NULL; - } - } - return c; - } -} - -int -getopt (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, - (const struct option *) 0, - (int *) 0, - 0); -} - -#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing - the above definition of `getopt'. */ - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - - c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); - if (c == -1) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/getopt.h b/support/getopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9b25f90..0000000 --- a/support/getopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETOPT_H -#define _GETOPT_H 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -extern char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -extern int optind; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints - for unrecognized options. */ - -extern int opterr; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ - -extern int optopt; - -/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. - The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector - of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is - zero. - - The field `has_arg' is: - no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, - required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, - optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. - - If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set - to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but - left unchanged if the option is not found. - - To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to - a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the - option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero - value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is - one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' - returns the contents of the `val' field. */ - -struct option -{ -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ - const char *name; -#else - char *name; -#endif - /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about - type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ - int has_arg; - int *flag; - int val; -}; - -/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ - -#define no_argument 0 -#define required_argument 1 -#define optional_argument 2 - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with - differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation - errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ -extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); -#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -#ifndef __cplusplus -/* C++ is more pedantic, and demands a full prototype, not this. - Hope that stdlib.h has a prototype for `getopt'. */ -extern int getopt (); -#endif /* __cplusplus */ -#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); -extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); - -/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ -extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind, - int long_only); -#else /* not __STDC__ */ -extern int getopt (); -extern int getopt_long (); -extern int getopt_long_only (); - -extern int _getopt_internal (); -#endif /* __STDC__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* getopt.h */ diff --git a/support/getopt1.c b/support/getopt1.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4aa8de6..0000000 --- a/support/getopt1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. - Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "getopt.h" - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 -#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 -#include <gnu-versions.h> -#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION -#define ELIDE_CODE -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef ELIDE_CODE - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -int -getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); -} - -/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. - If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, - but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option - instead. */ - -int -getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); -} - - -#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -#include <stdio.h> - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - int option_index = 0; - static struct option long_options[] = - { - {"add", 1, 0, 0}, - {"append", 0, 0, 0}, - {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, - {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, - {"create", 0, 0, 0}, - {"file", 1, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0} - }; - - c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", - long_options, &option_index); - if (c == -1) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case 0: - printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); - if (optarg) - printf (" with arg %s", optarg); - printf ("\n"); - break; - - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case 'd': - printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.c b/support/gnome-argp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f90862..0000000 --- a/support/gnome-argp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration. - Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. */ - -#include <config.h> - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME -char *program_invocation_short_name; -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME -char *program_invocation_name; -#endif diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.h b/support/gnome-argp.h deleted file mode 100644 index fc18a87..0000000 --- a/support/gnome-argp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration. - Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. */ - -#ifndef __GNOME_ARGP_H__ -#define __GNOME_ARGP_H__ - -#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP -/* Like strdup, but only copy N chars. */ -extern char *strndup (const char *s, size_t n); -#endif - -/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare - them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */ -extern char *program_invocation_short_name; -extern char *program_invocation_name; - -#define __mempcpy(To,From,Len) ((char *)memcpy ((To), (From), (Len)) + (Len)) - -#endif /* __GNOME_ARGP_H__ */ diff --git a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in b/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in deleted file mode 100644 index 4741ef0..0000000 --- a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=@includedir@ - -Name: gnome-support -Description: GNOME support library -Version: @VERSION@ -Requires: gnome-common-2.0 -Libs: -lgnomesupport-1.3 -Cflags:
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h b/support/gnomesupport-fake.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3431ce9..0000000 --- a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ -#define GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ - -#if HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -/* ??? This is required to get `size_t' on some systems. */ -#include <sys/types.h> - -#include <gnomesupport.h> - -/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare - them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */ -extern char *program_invocation_short_name; -extern char *program_invocation_name; - -/* Override some of config.h. - Gnomesupport provides the replacements for these, so you actually - HAVE_ them. */ - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR -# define HAVE_STRERROR 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME -# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME -# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1 -#endif - -#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ */ diff --git a/support/gnomesupport.awk b/support/gnomesupport.awk deleted file mode 100644 index 2f89ab6..0000000 --- a/support/gnomesupport.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -# This program is used to generate gnomesupport.h - -# Print prologue -BEGIN { - print "/* gnomesupport.h */"; - print "/* This is a generated file. Please modify `gnomesupport.awk' */"; - print ""; - print "#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_H"; - print "#define GNOMESUPPORT_H"; - print ""; - print "#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */"; -} - -# For each `#define HAVE_FOO 1', set def["HAVE_FOO"] = 1 -/^\#define[ \t]/ { def[$2] = 1; } - -END { - if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"] || !def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) { - print "#include <stdarg.h>"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) { - print "#include <sys/types.h>"; - - if (def["HAVE_DIRENT_H"]) { - print "#include <dirent.h>"; - print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)"; - } else { - print "#define dirent direct"; - print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen"; - - if (def["HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H"]) - print "#include <sys/ndir.h>"; - if (def["HAVE_SYS_DIR_H"]) - print "#include <sys/dir.h>"; - if (def["HAVE_NDIR_H"]) - print "#include <ndir.h>"; - } - } - - print ""; - print "#ifdef __cplusplus"; - print "extern \"C\" {"; - print "#endif /* __cplusplus */"; - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETHOSTNAME"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Get name of current host. */"; - print "int gethostname(char */*name*/, int /*namelen*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREUID"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Set real and effective user ID. */"; - print "int setreuid(uid_t /*ruid*/, uid_t /*euid*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREGID"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Set real and effective group ID. */"; - print "int setregid(gid_t /*rgid*/, gid_t /*egid*/);"; - } - - if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETPAGESIZE"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Get system page size. */"; - print "size_t getpagesize(void);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_MEMMOVE"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Copies len bytes from src to dest. */"; - print "void * memmove (void */*dest*/, const void */*src*/, size_t /*len*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_MKSTEMP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE."; - print " The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";"; - print " they are replaced with a string that makes the filename"; - print " unique. Returns a file descriptor open on the file for"; - print " reading and writing. */"; - print "int mkstemp (char */*template*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Scan the directory DIR, calling SELECTOR on each directory"; - print " entry. Entries for which SELECTOR returns nonzero are"; - print " individually malloc'd, sorted using qsort with CMP, and"; - print " collected in a malloc'd array in *NAMELIST. Returns the"; - print " number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */"; - print "int scandir (const char */*dir*/, struct dirent ***/*namelist*/,"; - print " int (*/*selector*/) (struct dirent *),"; - print " int (*/*cmp*/) (const void *, const void *));"; - print ""; - print "/* Function to compare two `struct dirent's alphabetically. */"; - print "int alphasort (const void */*a*/, const void */*b*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRERROR"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code"; - print " in ERRNUM. */"; - print "extern char *strerror (int /*errnum*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRCASECMP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case. */"; - print "int strcasecmp (const char */*s1*/, const char */*s2*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRNDUP"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING. The"; - print " resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator"; - print " appears before STRING[N]. */"; - print "char * strndup (const char */*s*/, size_t /*n*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRNLEN"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN"; - print " characters. If no '\\0' terminator is found in that many"; - print " characters, return MAXLEN. */"; - print "size_t strnlen (const char */*string*/, size_t /*maxlen*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOK_R"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM."; - print " Information passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR. */"; - print "char * strtok_r (char */*s*/, const char */*delim*/,"; - print " char **/*save_ptr*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOD"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to double representation and return the converted value."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "double strtod (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOL"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to a long integer value according to the given base."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "long int strtol (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/, int /*base*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_STRTOUL"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by"; - print " nptr to an unsigned long integer value according to the given base."; - print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the"; - print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the"; - print " location referenced by endptr. */"; - print "unsigned long int strtoul (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/,"; - print " int /*base*/);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with"; - print " `malloc'. Store the address of the string in *PTR. */"; - print "int vasprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/,"; - print " va_list /*args*/);"; - print "int asprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/, ...);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Maximum chars of output to write is MAXLEN. */"; - print "int vsnprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,"; - print " char */*fmt*/, va_list /*ap*/);"; - print "int snprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,"; - print " char */*fmt*/, ...);"; - } - - if (!def["HAVE_REALPATH"]) { - print ""; - print "/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name"; - print " does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path"; - print " separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist."; - print " If the canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with"; - print " `errno' set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX"; - print " chars, returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved"; - print " and RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component"; - print " that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED"; - print " holds the same value as the value returned. */"; - print ""; - print "char *realpath (char */*path*/, char /*resolved_path*/[]);"; - } - - print ""; - print "#ifdef __cplusplus"; - print "}"; - print "#endif /* __cplusplus */"; - print ""; - print "#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_H */"; -} diff --git a/support/memmove.c b/support/memmove.c deleted file mode 100644 index 96e257e..0000000 --- a/support/memmove.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */ -/* This function is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -#include <stddef.h> -#else -#define size_t unsigned long -#endif - -void * -memmove (s1, s2, n) - void *s1; - const void *s2; - size_t n; -{ - bcopy (s2, s1, n); - return s1; -} diff --git a/support/mkstemp.c b/support/mkstemp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 09c5a55..0000000 --- a/support/mkstemp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <sys/time.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC -#include <stdint.h> -#define gettimeofday __gettimeofday -#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e) -typedef uint64_t big_type; -#else -#define set_errno(e) errno = (e) -/* FIXME: maybe check for long long. */ -typedef long big_type; -#endif - -/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE. - The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX"; - they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique. - Returns a file descriptor open on the file for reading and writing. */ -int -mkstemp (template) - char *template; -{ - static const char letters[] - = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789"; - static big_type value; - struct timeval tv; - char *XXXXXX; - size_t len; - int count; - - len = strlen (template); - if (len < 6 || strcmp (&template[len - 6], "XXXXXX")) - { - set_errno (EINVAL); - return -1; - } - - /* This is where the Xs start. */ - XXXXXX = &template[len - 6]; - - /* Get some more or less random data. */ - gettimeofday (&tv, NULL); - value += ((big_type) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid (); - - for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count) - { - big_type v = value; - int fd; - - /* Fill in the random bits. */ - XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62]; - v /= 62; - XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62]; - - fd = open (template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600); - if (fd >= 0) - /* The file does not exist. */ - return fd; - - /* This is a random value. It is only necessary that the next - TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to VALUE are different - with (module 2^32). */ - value += 7777; - } - - /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name. */ - template[0] = '\0'; - return -1; -} diff --git a/support/popt-gnome.h b/support/popt-gnome.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5046fad..0000000 --- a/support/popt-gnome.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_POPT -#define H_POPT - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> /* for FILE * */ - -#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH 10 - -#define POPT_ARG_NONE 0 -#define POPT_ARG_STRING 1 -#define POPT_ARG_INT 2 -#define POPT_ARG_LONG 3 -#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE 4 /* arg points to table */ -#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK 5 /* table-wide callback... must be - set first in table; arg points - to callback, descrip points to - callback data to pass */ -#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN 6 /* set the translation domain - for this table and any - included tables; arg points - to the domain string */ -#define POPT_ARG_VAL 7 /* arg should take value val */ -#define POPT_ARG_MASK 0x0000FFFF -#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH 0x80000000 /* allow -longoption */ -#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000 /* don't show in help/usage */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE 0x80000000 /* call the callback before parse */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST 0x40000000 /* call the callback after parse */ -#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA 0x20000000 /* use data from the include line, - not the subtable */ - -#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11 -#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER -17 -#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW -18 - -/* poptBadOption() flags */ -#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS (1 << 0) /* don't go into an alias */ - -/* poptGetContext() flags */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC (1 << 0) /* ignore exec expansions */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST (1 << 1) /* pay attention to argv[0] */ -#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /* options can't follow args */ - -struct poptOption { - /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */ - char shortName; /* may be '\0' */ - int argInfo; - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg; /* depends on argInfo */ - int val; /* 0 means don't return, just update flag */ - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip; /* description for autohelp -- may be NULL */ - /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /* argument description for autohelp */ -}; - -struct poptAlias { - /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */ - char shortName; /* may be '\0' */ - int argc; - /*@owned@*/ const char ** argv; /* must be free()able */ -}; - -extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[]; -#define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \ - 0, "Help options", NULL }, - -typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext; -#ifndef __cplusplus -typedef struct poptOption * poptOption; -#endif - -enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, - POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST, - POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION }; -typedef void (*poptCallbackType)(poptContext con, - enum poptCallbackReason reason, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char * arg, const void * data); - -/*@only@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(/*@keep@*/ const char * name, - int argc, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv, - /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options, int flags); -void poptResetContext(poptContext con); - -/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */ -int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con); -/* returns NULL if no argument is available */ -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con); -/* returns NULL if no more options are available */ -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con); -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con); -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con); -/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */ -/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags); -void poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ poptContext con); -int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv); -int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags); -int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn); -/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment - vars */ -int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv); -/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated - the same as " and both may include \ quotes */ -int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv, - /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr); -int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, - /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr); -/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error); -void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute); -void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags); -void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags); -void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text); -/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/support/popt.c b/support/popt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 283cf83..0000000 --- a/support/popt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,713 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "findme.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR -static char * strerror(int errno) { - extern int sys_nerr; - extern char * sys_errlist[]; - - if ((0 <= errno) && (errno < sys_nerr)) - return sys_errlist[errno]; - else - return POPT_("unknown errno"); -} -#endif - -void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute) { - if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath); - con->execPath = xstrdup(path); - con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute; -} - -static void invokeCallbacks(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * table, - int post) { - const struct poptOption * opt = table; - poptCallbackType cb; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - invokeCallbacks(con, opt->arg, post); - } else if (((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) && - ((!post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE)) || - ( post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST)))) { - cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg; - cb(con, post ? POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST : POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, - NULL, NULL, opt->descrip); - } - opt++; - } -} - -poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv, - const struct poptOption * options, int flags) { - poptContext con = malloc(sizeof(*con)); - - memset(con, 0, sizeof(*con)); - - con->os = con->optionStack; - con->os->argc = argc; - con->os->argv = argv; - con->os->argb = NULL; - - if (!(flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) - con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */ - - con->leftovers = calloc( (argc + 1), sizeof(char *) ); - con->options = options; - con->aliases = NULL; - con->numAliases = 0; - con->flags = flags; - con->execs = NULL; - con->numExecs = 0; - con->finalArgvAlloced = argc * 2; - con->finalArgv = calloc( con->finalArgvAlloced, sizeof(*con->finalArgv) ); - con->execAbsolute = 1; - - if (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") || getenv("POSIX_ME_HARDER")) - con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER; - - if (name) - con->appName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(name) + 1), name); - - invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 0); - - return con; -} - -static void cleanOSE(struct optionStackEntry *os) -{ - if (os->nextArg) { - xfree(os->nextArg); - os->nextArg = NULL; - } - if (os->argv) { - xfree(os->argv); - os->argv = NULL; - } - if (os->argb) { - PBM_FREE(os->argb); - os->argb = NULL; - } -} - -void poptResetContext(poptContext con) { - int i; - - while (con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (con->os->argb) { - PBM_FREE(con->os->argb); - con->os->argb = NULL; - } - con->os->currAlias = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */ - - con->numLeftovers = 0; - con->nextLeftover = 0; - con->restLeftover = 0; - con->doExec = NULL; - - for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) { - if (con->finalArgv[i]) { - xfree(con->finalArgv[i]); - con->finalArgv[i] = NULL; - } - } - - con->finalArgvCount = 0; -} - -/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */ -static int handleExec(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName) { - int i; - - i = con->numExecs - 1; - if (longName) { - while (i >= 0 && (!con->execs[i].longName || - strcmp(con->execs[i].longName, longName))) i--; - } else { - while (i >= 0 && - con->execs[i].shortName != shortName) i--; - } - - if (i < 0) return 0; - - if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC) - return 1; - - if (con->doExec == NULL) { - con->doExec = con->execs + i; - return 1; - } - - /* We already have an exec to do; remember this option for next - time 'round */ - if ((con->finalArgvCount + 1) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) { - con->finalArgvAlloced += 10; - con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv, - sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced); - } - - i = con->finalArgvCount++; - { char *s = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3); - if (longName) - sprintf(s, "--%s", longName); - else - sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName); - con->finalArgv[i] = s; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */ -static int handleAlias(poptContext con, const char * longName, char shortName, - /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg) { - int i; - - if (con->os->currAlias && con->os->currAlias->longName && longName && - !strcmp(con->os->currAlias->longName, longName)) - return 0; - if (con->os->currAlias && shortName && - shortName == con->os->currAlias->shortName) - return 0; - - i = con->numAliases - 1; - if (longName) { - while (i >= 0 && (!con->aliases[i].longName || - strcmp(con->aliases[i].longName, longName))) i--; - } else { - while (i >= 0 && - con->aliases[i].shortName != shortName) i--; - } - - if (i < 0) return 0; - - if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH) - return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP; - - if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg) - con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg; - - con->os++; - con->os->next = 0; - con->os->stuffed = 0; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->currAlias = con->aliases + i; - poptDupArgv(con->os->currAlias->argc, con->os->currAlias->argv, - &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv); - con->os->argb = NULL; - - return 1; -} - -static void execCommand(poptContext con) { - const char ** argv; - int pos = 0; - const char * script = con->doExec->script; - - argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * - (6 + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount)); - - if (!con->execAbsolute && strchr(script, '/')) return; - - if (!strchr(script, '/') && con->execPath) { - char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(script) + 2); - sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, script); - argv[pos] = s; - } else { - argv[pos] = script; - } - pos++; - - argv[pos] = findProgramPath(con->os->argv[0]); - if (argv[pos]) pos++; - argv[pos++] = ";"; - - memcpy(argv + pos, con->finalArgv, sizeof(*argv) * con->finalArgvCount); - pos += con->finalArgvCount; - - if (con->numLeftovers) { - argv[pos++] = "--"; - memcpy(argv + pos, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers); - pos += con->numLeftovers; - } - - argv[pos++] = NULL; - -#ifdef __hpux - setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1); -#else -/* - * XXX " ... on BSD systems setuid() should be preferred over setreuid()" - * XXX sez' Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru> - * XXX from Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de> - */ -#if defined(HAVE_SETUID) - setuid(getuid()); -#elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID) - setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */ -#else - ; /* Can't drop privileges */ -#endif -#endif - - execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv); -} - -/*@observer@*/ static const struct poptOption * -findOption(const struct poptOption * table, const char * longName, - char shortName, - /*@out@*/ poptCallbackType * callback, /*@out@*/ const void ** callbackData, - int singleDash) -{ - const struct poptOption * opt = table; - const struct poptOption * opt2; - const struct poptOption * cb = NULL; - - /* This happens when a single - is given */ - if (singleDash && !shortName && !*longName) - shortName = '-'; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback, - callbackData, singleDash); - if (opt2) { - if (*callback && !*callbackData) - *callbackData = opt->descrip; - return opt2; - } - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) { - cb = opt; - } else if (longName && opt->longName && - (!singleDash || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) && - !strcmp(longName, opt->longName)) { - break; - } else if (shortName && shortName == opt->shortName) { - break; - } - opt++; - } - - if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return NULL; - *callbackData = NULL; - *callback = NULL; - if (cb) { - *callback = (poptCallbackType)cb->arg; - if (!(cb->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA)) - *callbackData = cb->descrip; - } - - return opt; -} - -static const char *findNextArg(poptContext con, unsigned argx, int delete) -{ - struct optionStackEntry * os = con->os; - const char * arg; - - do { - int i; - arg = NULL; - while (os->next == os->argc && os > con->optionStack) os--; - if (os->next == os->argc && os == con->optionStack) break; - for (i = os->next; i < os->argc; i++) { - if (os->argb && PBM_ISSET(i, os->argb)) continue; - if (*os->argv[i] == '-') continue; - if (--argx > 0) continue; - arg = os->argv[i]; - if (delete) { - if (os->argb == NULL) os->argb = PBM_ALLOC(os->argc); - PBM_SET(i, os->argb); - } - break; - } - if (os > con->optionStack) os--; - } while (arg == NULL); - return arg; -} - -static /*@only@*/ const char * expandNextArg(poptContext con, const char * s) -{ - const char *a; - size_t alen; - char *t, *te; - size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1; - char c; - - te = t = malloc(tn);; - while ((c = *s++) != '\0') { - switch (c) { - case '\\': /* escape */ - c = *s++; - break; - case '!': - if (!(s[0] == '#' && s[1] == ':' && s[2] == '+')) - break; - if ((a = findNextArg(con, 1, 1)) == NULL) - break; - s += 3; - - alen = strlen(a); - tn += alen; - *te = '\0'; - t = realloc(t, tn); - te = t + strlen(t); - strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen; - continue; - /*@notreached@*/ break; - default: - break; - } - *te++ = c; - } - *te = '\0'; - t = realloc(t, strlen(t)); /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */ - return t; -} - -/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */ -int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con) -{ - const struct poptOption * opt = NULL; - int done = 0; - - while (!done) { - const char * origOptString = NULL; - poptCallbackType cb = NULL; - const void * cbData = NULL; - const char * longArg = NULL; - - while (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc - && con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc) { - invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 1); - if (con->doExec) execCommand(con); - return -1; - } - - /* Process next long option */ - if (!con->os->nextCharArg) { - char * localOptString, * optString; - - if (con->os->argb && PBM_ISSET(con->os->next, con->os->argb)) { - con->os->next++; - continue; - } - origOptString = con->os->argv[con->os->next++]; - - if (con->restLeftover || *origOptString != '-') { - con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers++] = origOptString; - if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER) - con->restLeftover = 1; - continue; - } - - /* Make a copy we can hack at */ - localOptString = optString = - strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1), - origOptString); - - if (!optString[0]) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - - if (optString[1] == '-' && !optString[2]) { - con->restLeftover = 1; - continue; - } else { - char *oe; - int singleDash; - - optString++; - if (*optString == '-') - singleDash = 0, optString++; - else - singleDash = 1; - - /* XXX aliases with arg substitution need "--alias=arg" */ - if (handleAlias(con, optString, '\0', NULL)) - continue; - if (handleExec(con, optString, '\0')) - continue; - - /* Check for "--long=arg" option. */ - for (oe = optString; *oe && *oe != '='; oe++) - ; - if (*oe == '=') { - *oe++ = '\0'; - /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */ - longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString); - } - - opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData, - singleDash); - if (!opt && !singleDash) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - } - - if (!opt) - con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1; - } - - /* Process next short option */ - if (con->os->nextCharArg) { - origOptString = con->os->nextCharArg; - - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - - if (handleAlias(con, NULL, *origOptString, - origOptString + 1)) { - origOptString++; - continue; - } - if (handleExec(con, NULL, *origOptString)) - continue; - - opt = findOption(con->options, NULL, *origOptString, &cb, - &cbData, 0); - if (!opt) - return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT; - - origOptString++; - if (*origOptString) - con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString; - } - - if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) { - *((int *)opt->arg) = 1; - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) { - if (opt->arg) - *((int *) opt->arg) = opt->val; - } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) { - if (con->os->nextArg) { - xfree(con->os->nextArg); - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - } - if (longArg) { - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg); - } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) { - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg); - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - } else { - while (con->os->next == con->os->argc && - con->os > con->optionStack) { - cleanOSE(con->os--); - } - if (con->os->next == con->os->argc) - return POPT_ERROR_NOARG; - - con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->argv[con->os->next++]); - } - - if (opt->arg) { - long aLong; - char *end; - - switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) { - case POPT_ARG_STRING: - /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */ - *((const char **) opt->arg) = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg); - break; - - case POPT_ARG_INT: - case POPT_ARG_LONG: - aLong = strtol(con->os->nextArg, &end, 0); - if (!(end && *end == '\0')) - return POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER; - - if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX) - return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW; - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) { - *((long *) opt->arg) = aLong; - } else { - if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN) - return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW; - *((int *) opt->arg) = aLong; - } - break; - - default: - fprintf(stdout, POPT_("option type (%d) not implemented in popt\n"), - opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - } - } - - if (cb) - cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, opt, con->os->nextArg, cbData); - else if (opt->val && ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL)) - done = 1; - - if ((con->finalArgvCount + 2) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) { - con->finalArgvAlloced += 10; - con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv, - sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced); - } - - { char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3); - if (opt->longName) - sprintf(s, "--%s", opt->longName); - else - sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName); - con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s; - } - - if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE - && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL) { - con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg); - } - } - - return opt->val; -} - -const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con) { - const char * ret = con->os->nextArg; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - return ret; -} - -const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover++]; -} - -const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover]; -} - -const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con) { - if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL; - - /* some apps like [like RPM ;-) ] need this NULL terminated */ - con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers] = NULL; - - return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover); -} - -void poptFreeContext(poptContext con) { - int i; - - poptResetContext(con); - if (con->os->argb) free(con->os->argb); - - for (i = 0; i < con->numAliases; i++) { - if (con->aliases[i].longName) xfree(con->aliases[i].longName); - free(con->aliases[i].argv); - } - - for (i = 0; i < con->numExecs; i++) { - if (con->execs[i].longName) xfree(con->execs[i].longName); - xfree(con->execs[i].script); - } - if (con->execs) xfree(con->execs); - - free(con->leftovers); - free(con->finalArgv); - if (con->appName) xfree(con->appName); - if (con->aliases) free(con->aliases); - if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp); - if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath); - free(con); -} - -int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias newAlias, - /*@unused@*/ int flags) -{ - int aliasNum = con->numAliases++; - struct poptAlias * alias; - - /* SunOS won't realloc(NULL, ...) */ - if (!con->aliases) - con->aliases = malloc(sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases); - else - con->aliases = realloc(con->aliases, - sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases); - alias = con->aliases + aliasNum; - - alias->longName = (newAlias.longName) - ? strcpy(malloc(strlen(newAlias.longName) + 1), newAlias.longName) - : NULL; - alias->shortName = newAlias.shortName; - alias->argc = newAlias.argc; - alias->argv = newAlias.argv; - - return 0; -} - -const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags) { - struct optionStackEntry * os; - - if (flags & POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS) - os = con->optionStack; - else - os = con->os; - - return os->argv[os->next - 1]; -} - -#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11 -#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13 -#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ -#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */ - -const char *const poptStrerror(const int error) { - switch (error) { - case POPT_ERROR_NOARG: - return POPT_("missing argument"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT: - return POPT_("unknown option"); - case POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP: - return POPT_("aliases nested too deeply"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE: - return POPT_("error in paramter quoting"); - case POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER: - return POPT_("invalid numeric value"); - case POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW: - return POPT_("number too large or too small"); - case POPT_ERROR_ERRNO: - return strerror(errno); - default: - return POPT_("unknown error"); - } -} - -int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, const char ** argv) { - int argc; - - if ((con->os - con->optionStack) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH) - return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP; - - for (argc = 0; argv[argc]; argc++) - ; - - con->os++; - con->os->next = 0; - con->os->nextArg = NULL; - con->os->nextCharArg = NULL; - con->os->currAlias = NULL; - poptDupArgv(argc, argv, &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv); - con->os->argb = NULL; - con->os->stuffed = 1; - - return 0; -} - -const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con) { - return con->os->argv[0]; -} diff --git a/support/poptconfig.c b/support/poptconfig.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1a4c2..0000000 --- a/support/poptconfig.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) { - int nameLength = strlen(con->appName); - char * opt; - struct poptAlias alias; - char * entryType; - char * longName = NULL; - char shortName = '\0'; - - if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return; - line += nameLength; - if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - entryType = line; - - while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++; - *line++ = '\0'; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - if (!*line) return; - opt = line; - - while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++; - *line++ = '\0'; - while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++; - if (!*line) return; - - if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-') - longName = opt + 2; - else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2]) - shortName = opt[1]; - - if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) { - if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return; - alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName; - poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0); - } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) { - con->execs = realloc(con->execs, - sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1)); - if (longName) - con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = xstrdup(longName); - else - con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL; - - con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName; - con->execs[con->numExecs].script = xstrdup(line); - - con->numExecs++; - } -} - -int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) { - char * file, * chptr, * end; - char * buf, * dst; - int fd, rc; - int fileLength; - - fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY); - if (fd < 0) { - if (errno == ENOENT) - return 0; - else - return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO; - } - - fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END); - (void) lseek(fd, 0, 0); - - file = alloca(fileLength + 1); - if (read(fd, file, fileLength) != fileLength) { - rc = errno; - close(fd); - errno = rc; - return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO; - } - close(fd); - - dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1); - - chptr = file; - end = (file + fileLength); - while (chptr < end) { - switch (*chptr) { - case '\n': - *dst = '\0'; - dst = buf; - while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++; - if (*dst && *dst != '#') { - configLine(con, dst); - } - chptr++; - break; - case '\\': - *dst++ = *chptr++; - if (chptr < end) { - if (*chptr == '\n') - dst--, chptr++; - /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */ - else - *dst++ = *chptr++; - } - break; - default: - *dst++ = *chptr++; - break; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv) { - char * fn, * home; - int rc; - - if (!con->appName) return 0; - - rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt"); - if (rc) return rc; - if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0; - - if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) { - fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20); - strcpy(fn, home); - strcat(fn, "/.popt"); - rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn); - if (rc) return rc; - } - - return 0; -} - diff --git a/support/popthelp.c b/support/popthelp.c deleted file mode 100644 index c36ecea..0000000 --- a/support/popthelp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ - -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -static void displayArgs(poptContext con, - /*@unused@*/ enum poptCallbackReason foo, - struct poptOption * key, - /*@unused@*/ const char * arg, /*@unused@*/ void * data) { - if (key->shortName== '?') - poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0); - else - poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0); - exit(0); -} - -struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = { - { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL }, - { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL }, - { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL }, - { NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL } -} ; - - -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const -getTableTranslationDomain(const struct poptOption *table) -{ - const struct poptOption *opt; - - for(opt = table; - opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; - opt++) { - if(opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) - return opt->arg; - } - - return NULL; -} - -/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const -getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain) -{ - if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL; - - if (opt == (poptHelpOptions + 1) || opt == (poptHelpOptions + 2)) - if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip); - - if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip); - return POPT_("ARG"); -} - -static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char *translation_domain) { - int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5; - int lineLength = 79 - indentLength; - const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip); - int helpLength; - const char * ch; - char format[10]; - char * left; - const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - - left = malloc(maxLeftCol + 1); - *left = '\0'; - - if (opt->longName && opt->shortName) - sprintf(left, "-%c, --%s", opt->shortName, opt->longName); - else if (opt->shortName) - sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName); - else if (opt->longName) - sprintf(left, "--%s", opt->longName); - if (!*left) return ; - if (argDescrip) { - strcat(left, "="); - strcat(left, argDescrip); - } - - if (help) - fprintf(f," %-*s ", maxLeftCol, left); - else { - fprintf(f," %s\n", left); - goto out; - } - - helpLength = strlen(help); - while (helpLength > lineLength) { - ch = help + lineLength - 1; - while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--; - if (ch == help) break; /* give up */ - while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--; - ch++; - - sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength); - fprintf(f, format, help, " "); - help = ch; - while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++; - helpLength = strlen(help); - } - - if (helpLength) fprintf(f, "%s\n", help); - -out: - free(left); -} - -static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt, - const char * translation_domain) { - int max = 0; - int this; - const char * s; - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - this = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain); - if (this > max) max = this; - } else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) { - this = opt->shortName ? 2 : 0; - if (opt->longName) { - if (this) this += 2; - this += strlen(opt->longName) + 2; - } - - s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - if (s) - this += strlen(s) + 1; - if (this > max) max = this; - } - - opt++; - } - - return max; -} - -static void singleTableHelp(FILE * f, const struct poptOption * table, - int left, - const char *translation_domain) { - const struct poptOption * opt; - const char *sub_transdom; - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && - !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) - singleOptionHelp(f, left, opt, translation_domain); - opt++; - } - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) { - sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg); - if(!sub_transdom) - sub_transdom = translation_domain; - - if (opt->descrip) - fprintf(f, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip)); - - singleTableHelp(f, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom); - } - opt++; - } -} - -static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * f) { - int len = 6; - const char * fn; - - fprintf(f, POPT_("Usage:")); - if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) { - fn = con->optionStack->argv[0]; - if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strchr(fn, '/') + 1; - fprintf(f, " %s", fn); - len += strlen(fn) + 1; - } - - return len; -} - -void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) { - int leftColWidth; - - showHelpIntro(con, f); - if (con->otherHelp) - fprintf(f, " %s\n", con->otherHelp); - else - fprintf(f, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]")); - - leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL); - singleTableHelp(f, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL); -} - -static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, - const struct poptOption * opt, - const char *translation_domain) { - int len = 3; - char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' }; - const char * item = shortStr; - const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain); - - if (opt->shortName) { - if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) - return cursor; /* we did these already */ - len++; - *shortStr = opt->shortName; - shortStr[1] = '\0'; - } else if (opt->longName) { - len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName); - item = opt->longName; - } - - if (len == 3) return cursor; - - if (argDescrip) - len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1; - - if ((cursor + len) > 79) { - fprintf(f, "\n "); - cursor = 7; - } - - fprintf(f, " [-%s%s%s%s]", opt->shortName ? "" : "-", item, - argDescrip ? (opt->shortName ? " " : "=") : "", - argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""); - - return cursor + len + 1; -} - -static int singleTableUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, const struct poptOption * table, - const char *translation_domain) { - const struct poptOption * opt; - - opt = table; - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) - translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg; - else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) - cursor = singleTableUsage(f, cursor, opt->arg, - translation_domain); - else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && - !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) - cursor = singleOptionUsage(f, cursor, opt, translation_domain); - - opt++; - } - - return cursor; -} - -static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * f, - char * str) { - char s[300]; /* this is larger then the ascii set, so - it should do just fine */ - - s[0] = '\0'; - if (str == NULL) { - memset(s, 0, sizeof(s)); - str = s; - } - - while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) { - if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) - str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName; - else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) - showShortOptions(opt->arg, f, str); - - opt++; - } - - if (s != str || !*s) - return 0; - - fprintf(f, " [-%s]", s); - return strlen(s) + 4; -} - -void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) { - int cursor; - - cursor = showHelpIntro(con, f); - cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, f, NULL); - singleTableUsage(f, cursor, con->options, NULL); - - if (con->otherHelp) { - cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1; - if (cursor > 79) fprintf(f, "\n "); - fprintf(f, " %s", con->otherHelp); - } - - fprintf(f, "\n"); -} - -void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text) { - if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp); - con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text); -} diff --git a/support/poptint.h b/support/poptint.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1688095..0000000 --- a/support/poptint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#ifndef H_POPTINT -#define H_POPTINT - -/* Bit mask macros. */ -typedef unsigned int __pbm_bits; -#define __PBM_NBITS (8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits)) -#define __PBM_IX(d) ((d) / __PBM_NBITS) -#define __PBM_MASK(d) ((__pbm_bits) 1 << ((d) % __PBM_NBITS)) -typedef struct { - __pbm_bits bits[1]; -} pbm_set; -#define __PBM_BITS(set) ((set)->bits) - -#define PBM_ALLOC(d) calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits)) -#define PBM_FREE(s) free(s); -#define PBM_SET(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d)) -#define PBM_CLR(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d)) -#define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0) - -struct optionStackEntry { - int argc; - /*@only@*/ const char ** argv; - /*@only@*/ pbm_set * argb; - int next; - /*@only@*/ const char * nextArg; - /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg; - /*@dependent@*/ struct poptAlias * currAlias; - int stuffed; -}; - -struct execEntry { - const char * longName; - char shortName; - const char * script; -}; - -struct poptContext_s { - struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH]; - /*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os; - /*@owned@*/ const char ** leftovers; - int numLeftovers; - int nextLeftover; - /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options; - int restLeftover; - /*@only@*/ const char * appName; - /*@only@*/ struct poptAlias * aliases; - int numAliases; - int flags; - struct execEntry * execs; - int numExecs; - /*@only@*/ const char ** finalArgv; - int finalArgvCount; - int finalArgvAlloced; - /*@dependent@*/ struct execEntry * doExec; - /*@only@*/ const char * execPath; - int execAbsolute; - /*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp; -}; - -#define xfree(_a) free((void *)_a) - -#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -#include <libintl.h> -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__) -#define _(foo) gettext(foo) -#else -#define _(foo) (foo) -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__) -#define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str) -#define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo) -#else -#define POPT_(foo) (foo) -#define D_(dom, str) (str) -#endif - -#define N_(foo) (foo) - -#endif diff --git a/support/poptparse.c b/support/poptparse.c deleted file mode 100644 index 65c948b..0000000 --- a/support/poptparse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING - file accompanying popt source distributions, available from - ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */ - -#include "system.h" -#include "poptint.h" - -#define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5 - -int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv, - int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr) -{ - size_t nb = (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - const char ** argv2; - char * dst; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - if (argv[i] == NULL) - return POPT_ERROR_NOARG; - nb += strlen(argv[i]) + 1; - } - - dst = malloc(nb); - argv2 = (void *) dst; - dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - argv2[i] = dst; - dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1; - } - argv2[argc] = NULL; - - *argvPtr = argv2; - *argcPtr = argc; - return 0; -} - -int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr) -{ - const char * src; - char quote = '\0'; - int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA; - const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced); - int argc = 0; - int buflen = strlen(s) + 1; - char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen); - - argv[argc] = buf; - - for (src = s; *src; src++) { - if (quote == *src) { - quote = '\0'; - } else if (quote) { - if (*src == '\\') { - src++; - if (!*src) { - free(argv); - return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE; - } - if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\'; - } - *buf++ = *src; - } else if (isspace(*src)) { - if (*argv[argc]) { - buf++, argc++; - if (argc == argvAlloced) { - argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA; - argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced); - } - argv[argc] = buf; - } - } else switch (*src) { - case '"': - case '\'': - quote = *src; - break; - case '\\': - src++; - if (!*src) { - free(argv); - return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE; - } - /*@fallthrough@*/ - default: - *buf++ = *src; - break; - } - } - - if (strlen(argv[argc])) { - argc++, buf++; - } - -#if 0 - { char * dst = malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv) + (buf - argv[0])); - const char ** argv2 = (void *) dst; - int i; - - dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv); - memcpy(argv2, argv, argc * sizeof(*argv)); - argv2[argc] = NULL; - memcpy(dst, argv[0], buf - argv[0]); - - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) - argv2[i] = dst + (argv[i] - argv[0]); - - *argvPtr = argv2; - *argcPtr = argc; - } -#else - (void) poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr); -#endif - - free(argv); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/support/scandir.c b/support/scandir.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1b45e37..0000000 --- a/support/scandir.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -#if HAVE_DIRENT_H -# include <dirent.h> -# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name) -#else -# define dirent direct -# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen -# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H -# include <sys/ndir.h> -# endif -# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H -# include <sys/dir.h> -# endif -# if HAVE_NDIR_H -# include <ndir.h> -# endif -#endif - -#undef PARAMS -#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ -# define PARAMS(args) args -#else -# define PARAMS(args) () -#endif - -#define set_errno(e) (errno = (e)) - -int -scandir (dir, namelist, select, cmp) - const char *dir; - struct dirent ***namelist; - int (*select) PARAMS ((struct dirent *)); - int (*cmp) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)); -{ - DIR *dp = opendir (dir); - struct dirent **v = NULL; - size_t vsize = 0, i; - struct dirent *d; - int save; - - if (dp == NULL) - return -1; - - save = errno; - set_errno (0); - - i = 0; - while ((d = readdir (dp)) != NULL) - if (select == NULL || (*select) (d)) - { - size_t dsize; - - /* Ignore errors from select or readdir */ - set_errno (0); - - if (i == vsize) - { - struct dirent **new; - if (vsize == 0) - vsize = 10; - else - vsize *= 2; - new = (struct dirent **) realloc (v, vsize * sizeof (*v)); - if (new == NULL) - { - lose: - set_errno (ENOMEM); - break; - } - v = new; - } - - dsize = &d->d_name[1 + NAMLEN (d)] - (char *) d; - v[i] = (struct dirent *) malloc (dsize); - if (v[i] == NULL) - goto lose; - - memcpy (v[i++], d, dsize); - } - - if (errno != 0) - { - save = errno; - (void) closedir (dp); - while (i > 0) - free (v[--i]); - free (v); - set_errno (save); - return -1; - } - - (void) closedir (dp); - set_errno (save); - - /* Sort the list if we have a comparison function to sort with. */ - if (cmp != NULL) - qsort (v, i, sizeof (*v), cmp); - *namelist = v; - return i; -} - -int -alphasort (const void *a, const void *b) -{ - return strcmp ((*(const struct dirent **) a)->d_name, - (*(const struct dirent **) b)->d_name); -} diff --git a/support/strcasecmp.c b/support/strcasecmp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4640372..0000000 --- a/support/strcasecmp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifndef weak_alias -# define __strcasecmp strcasecmp -# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) -#else -# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL -# define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l -# define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc) -# else -# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL -# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc -# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc; -#else -# define LOCALE_PARAM -# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL -#endif - -/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or - greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, - equal to or greater than S2. */ -int -__strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM) - const char *s1; - const char *s2; - LOCALE_PARAM_DECL -{ - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); - c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -} -#ifndef __strcasecmp -weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp) -#endif diff --git a/support/strerror.c b/support/strerror.c deleted file mode 100644 index f8fff57..0000000 --- a/support/strerror.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,837 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended support for using errno values. - Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com - This file is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */ - -#include "config.h" - -#ifndef PARAMS -#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus -# define PARAMS(args) args -#else -# define PARAMS(args) () -#endif -#endif - - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least) - might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider - incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const - attributes. So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a - macro. */ -#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__ -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -#undef sys_errlist -#endif - -/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -#include <stddef.h> -extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */ -extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */ -#else /* !__STDC__ */ -extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */ -extern char *memset (); -#endif /* __STDC__ */ - -#ifndef MAX -# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) -#endif - -static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void)); - -/* Translation table for errno values. See intro(2) in most UNIX systems - Programmers Reference Manuals. - - Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime - to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno - value. - - Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems. This table is the only - thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced. - It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */ - -struct error_info -{ - int value; /* The numeric value from <errno.h> */ - const char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */ -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - const char *msg; /* Short message about this value */ -#endif -}; - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST -# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg} -#else -# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name} -#endif - -static const struct error_info error_table[] = -{ -#if defined (EPERM) - ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOENT) - ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"), -#endif -#if defined (ESRCH) - ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"), -#endif -#if defined (EINTR) - ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"), -#endif -#if defined (EIO) - ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"), -#endif -#if defined (ENXIO) - ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"), -#endif -#if defined (E2BIG) - ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOEXEC) - ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADF) - ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"), -#endif -#if defined (ECHILD) - ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"), -#endif -#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK) /* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */ - ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"), -#endif -#if defined (EAGAIN) - ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOMEM) - ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"), -#endif -#if defined (EACCES) - ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"), -#endif -#if defined (EFAULT) - ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTBLK) - ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"), -#endif -#if defined (EBUSY) - ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"), -#endif -#if defined (EEXIST) - ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"), -#endif -#if defined (EXDEV) - ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"), -#endif -#if defined (ENODEV) - ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTDIR) - ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"), -#endif -#if defined (EISDIR) - ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"), -#endif -#if defined (EINVAL) - ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"), -#endif -#if defined (ENFILE) - ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"), -#endif -#if defined (EMFILE) - ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTTY) - ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"), -#endif -#if defined (ETXTBSY) - ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"), -#endif -#if defined (EFBIG) - ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSPC) - ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"), -#endif -#if defined (ESPIPE) - ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"), -#endif -#if defined (EROFS) - ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"), -#endif -#if defined (EMLINK) - ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"), -#endif -#if defined (EPIPE) - ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"), -#endif -#if defined (EDOM) - ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"), -#endif -#if defined (ERANGE) - ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOMSG) - ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"), -#endif -#if defined (EIDRM) - ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"), -#endif -#if defined (ECHRNG) - ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"), -#endif -#if defined (EL2NSYNC) - ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"), -#endif -#if defined (EL3HLT) - ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"), -#endif -#if defined (EL3RST) - ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"), -#endif -#if defined (ELNRNG) - ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"), -#endif -#if defined (EUNATCH) - ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOCSI) - ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"), -#endif -#if defined (EL2HLT) - ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"), -#endif -#if defined (EDEADLK) - ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOLCK) - ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADE) - ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADR) - ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"), -#endif -#if defined (EXFULL) - ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOANO) - ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADRQC) - ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADSLT) - ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"), -#endif -#if defined (EDEADLOCK) - ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBFONT) - ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSTR) - ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"), -#endif -#if defined (ENODATA) - ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"), -#endif -#if defined (ETIME) - ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSR) - ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"), -#endif -#if defined (ENONET) - ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOPKG) - ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMOTE) - ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOLINK) - ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"), -#endif -#if defined (EADV) - ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"), -#endif -#if defined (ESRMNT) - ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"), -#endif -#if defined (ECOMM) - ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTO) - ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"), -#endif -#if defined (EMULTIHOP) - ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"), -#endif -#if defined (EDOTDOT) - ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADMSG) - ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"), -#endif -#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG) - ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"), -#endif -#if defined (EOVERFLOW) - ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTUNIQ) - ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"), -#endif -#if defined (EBADFD) - ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMCHG) - ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBACC) - ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBBAD) - ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBSCN) - ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBMAX) - ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"), -#endif -#if defined (ELIBEXEC) - ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"), -#endif -#if defined (EILSEQ) - ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOSYS) - ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"), -#endif -#if defined (ELOOP) - ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"), -#endif -#if defined (ERESTART) - ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"), -#endif -#if defined (ESTRPIPE) - ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTEMPTY) - ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"), -#endif -#if defined (EUSERS) - ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTSOCK) - ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"), -#endif -#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ) - ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"), -#endif -#if defined (EMSGSIZE) - ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTOTYPE) - ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT) - ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"), -#endif -#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP) - ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"), -#endif -#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"), -#endif -#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT) - ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"), -#endif -#if defined (EADDRINUSE) - ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"), -#endif -#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL) - ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETDOWN) - ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETUNREACH) - ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"), -#endif -#if defined (ENETRESET) - ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNABORTED) - ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNRESET) - ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOBUFS) - ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"), -#endif -#if defined (EISCONN) - ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTCONN) - ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"), -#endif -#if defined (ESHUTDOWN) - ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"), -#endif -#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS) - ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"), -#endif -#if defined (ETIMEDOUT) - ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"), -#endif -#if defined (ECONNREFUSED) - ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"), -#endif -#if defined (EHOSTDOWN) - ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"), -#endif -#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH) - ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"), -#endif -#if defined (EALREADY) - ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"), -#endif -#if defined (EINPROGRESS) - ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"), -#endif -#if defined (ESTALE) - ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"), -#endif -#if defined (EUCLEAN) - ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"), -#endif -#if defined (ENOTNAM) - ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"), -#endif -#if defined (ENAVAIL) - ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"), -#endif -#if defined (EISNAM) - ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"), -#endif -#if defined (EREMOTEIO) - ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"), -#endif - ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL) -}; - -#ifdef EVMSERR -/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767) - lies outside the range of sys_errlist[]. */ -static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; } - evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" }; -#endif - -/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the - errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */ - -static const char **error_names; -static int num_error_names = 0; - -/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not - already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the errno value to find - the descriptive string. - - We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the - same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically - initialized rather than statically initialized. */ - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - -static int sys_nerr; -static const char **sys_errlist; - -#else - -extern int sys_nerr; -extern char *sys_errlist[]; - -#endif - - -/* - -NAME - - init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables - -SYNOPSIS - - static void init_error_tables (); - -DESCRIPTION - - Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate - the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are - indexed at runtime by a specific errno value. - -BUGS - - The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions, - in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't - bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free - some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know - how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This - may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically - warn about this particular failure mode. - -*/ - -static void -init_error_tables () -{ - const struct error_info *eip; - int nbytes; - - /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum - errno value, then go find it now. */ - - if (num_error_names == 0) - { - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - if (eip -> value >= num_error_names) - { - num_error_names = eip -> value + 1; - } - } - } - - /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then - initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); - if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) - { - memset (error_names, 0, nbytes); - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name; - } - } - } - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - - /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then - initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */ - - if (sys_errlist == NULL) - { - nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *); - if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL) - { - memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes); - sys_nerr = num_error_names; - for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++) - { - sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg; - } - } - } - -#endif - -} - -/* - -NAME - - errno_max -- return the max errno value - -SYNOPSIS - - int errno_max (); - -DESCRIPTION - - Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic - name or message is available. Note that in the case where - we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for - there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa. - In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one - should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it, - since new error codes may be added to the system before they are - added to the table. Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value - implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>. - - We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful - symbolic name or message. - -*/ - -int -errno_max () -{ - int maxsize; - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names); - return (maxsize - 1); -} - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR - -/* - -NAME - - strerror -- map an error number to an error message string - -SYNOPSIS - - char *strerror (int errnoval) - -DESCRIPTION - - Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of - which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external - variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same - as the ones used by perror(). - - If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices - for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular - error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the - error number. - - If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist, - returns NULL. - - The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the - next call to strerror. - -*/ - -char * -strerror (errnoval) - int errnoval; -{ - char *msg; - static char buf[32]; - -#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - -#endif - - if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr)) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (errnoval == evmserr.value) - msg = evmserr.msg; - else -#endif - /* Out of range, just return NULL */ - msg = NULL; - } - else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL)) - { - /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */ - sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); - msg = buf; - } - else - { - /* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */ - msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval]; - } - - return (msg); -} - -#endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR */ - - -/* - -NAME - - strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string - -SYNOPSIS - - const char *strerrno (int errnoval) - -DESCRIPTION - - Given an error number returned from a system call (typically - returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the - symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>. - - If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices - for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular - error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is - the error number. - - If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid - indices, then returns NULL. - -BUGS - - The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be - valid until the next call to strerrno. - -*/ - -const char * -strerrno (errnoval) - int errnoval; -{ - const char *name; - static char buf[32]; - - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - - if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names)) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (errnoval == evmserr.value) - name = evmserr.name; - else -#endif - /* Out of range, just return NULL */ - name = NULL; - } - else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL)) - { - /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */ - sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval); - name = (const char *) buf; - } - else - { - /* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */ - name = error_names[errnoval]; - } - - return (name); -} - -/* - -NAME - - strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value - -SYNOPSIS - - int strtoerrno (char *name) - -DESCRIPTION - - Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value. - If no translation is found, returns 0. - -*/ - -int -strtoerrno (name) - const char *name; -{ - int errnoval = 0; - - if (name != NULL) - { - if (error_names == NULL) - { - init_error_tables (); - } - for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++) - { - if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) && - (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0)) - { - break; - } - } - if (errnoval == num_error_names) - { -#ifdef EVMSERR - if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0) - errnoval = evmserr.value; - else -#endif - errnoval = 0; - } - } - return (errnoval); -} - - -/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations - if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */ - -#ifdef MAIN - -#include <stdio.h> - -int -main () -{ - int errn; - int errnmax; - const char *name; - char *msg; - char *strerror (); - - errnmax = errno_max (); - printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names); - printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr); - printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax); - - /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not - *either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not* - relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for - NULL. */ - - for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++) - { - name = strerrno (errn); - name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name; - msg = strerror (errn); - msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg; - printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg); - } - - return 0; -} - -#endif diff --git a/support/strndup.c b/support/strndup.c deleted file mode 100644 index cd971e1..0000000 --- a/support/strndup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include "config.h" -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <string.h> -#else -char *malloc (); -#endif - -#ifndef weak_alias -# define __strndup strndup -#endif - -char * -__strndup (s, n) - const char *s; - size_t n; -{ - size_t len = strnlen (s, n); - char *new = malloc (len + 1); - - if (new == NULL) - return NULL; - - new[len] = '\0'; - return memcpy (new, s, len); -} -#ifdef weak_alias -weak_alias (__strndup, strndup) -#endif diff --git a/support/strnlen.c b/support/strnlen.c deleted file mode 100644 index ab95d17..0000000 --- a/support/strnlen.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. - Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include <string.h> - -/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. - If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */ - -size_t -strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen) -{ - const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen); - return end ? end - string : maxlen; -} diff --git a/support/strtod.c b/support/strtod.c deleted file mode 100644 index c86c73d..0000000 --- a/support/strtod.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof. - Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free -software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the -terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the -Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -As a special exception, if you link this library with files -compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause -the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. -This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why -the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */ - -#include <ctype.h> - -extern double atof (); - -/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore - has not been tested well. It may have been tested for nothing except - that it compiles. */ - -double -strtod (str, ptr) - char *str; - char **ptr; -{ - char *p; - - if (ptr == (char **)0) - return atof (str); - - p = str; - - while (isspace (*p)) - ++p; - - if (*p == '+' || *p == '-') - ++p; - - /* INF or INFINITY. */ - if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I') - && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N') - && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F')) - { - if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I') - && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N') - && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I') - && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T') - && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y')) - { - *ptr = p + 7; - return atof (str); - } - else - { - *ptr = p + 3; - return atof (str); - } - } - - /* NAN or NAN(foo). */ - if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N') - && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A') - && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N')) - { - p += 3; - if (*p == '(') - { - ++p; - while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')') - ++p; - if (*p == ')') - ++p; - } - *ptr = p; - return atof (str); - } - - /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it. */ - if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.') - { - int got_dot = 0; - while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.')) - { - if (*p == '.') - got_dot = 1; - ++p; - } - - /* Exponent. */ - if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') - { - int i; - i = 1; - if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-') - ++i; - if (isdigit (p[i])) - { - while (isdigit (p[i])) - ++i; - *ptr = p + i; - return atof (str); - } - } - *ptr = p; - return atof (str); - } - /* Didn't find any digits. Doesn't look like a number. */ - *ptr = str; - return 0.0; -} diff --git a/support/strtok_r.c b/support/strtok_r.c deleted file mode 100644 index 44430da..0000000 --- a/support/strtok_r.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/* Reentrant string tokenizer. Generic version. - Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, - write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include <string.h> - -#undef strtok_r - -/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM. - If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as - the next starting point. For example: - char s[] = "-abc-=-def"; - char *sp; - x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp); // x = "abc", sp = "=-def" - x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp); // x = "def", sp = NULL - x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp); // x = NULL - // s = "abc\0-def\0" -*/ -char * -strtok_r (s, delim, save_ptr) - char *s; - const char *delim; - char **save_ptr; -{ - char *token; - - if (s == NULL) - s = *save_ptr; - - /* Scan leading delimiters. */ - s += strspn (s, delim); - if (*s == '\0') - return NULL; - - /* Find the end of the token. */ - token = s; - s = strpbrk (token, delim); - if (s == NULL) - /* This token finishes the string. */ - *save_ptr = strchr (token, '\0'); - else - { - /* Terminate the token and make *SAVE_PTR point past it. */ - *s = '\0'; - *save_ptr = s + 1; - } - return token; -} diff --git a/support/strtol.c b/support/strtol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 75b7493..0000000 --- a/support/strtol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include <limits.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#if 0 -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too - painful. These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex - constants. */ - -#ifndef ULONG_MAX -#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ -#endif - -#ifndef LONG_MAX -#define LONG_MAX ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1)) /* 0x7FFFFFFF */ -#endif - -#ifndef LONG_MIN -#define LONG_MIN ((long)(~LONG_MAX)) /* 0x80000000 */ -#endif - -/* - * Convert a string to a long integer. - * - * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case - * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. - */ -long -strtol(nptr, endptr, base) - const char *nptr; - char **endptr; - register int base; -{ - register const char *s = nptr; - register unsigned long acc; - register int c; - register unsigned long cutoff; - register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; - - /* - * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any. - * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else - * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x. - */ - do { - c = *s++; - } while (isspace(c)); - if (c == '-') { - neg = 1; - c = *s++; - } else if (c == '+') - c = *s++; - if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && - c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { - c = s[1]; - s += 2; - base = 16; - } - if (base == 0) - base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; - - /* - * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal - * numbers. That is the largest legal value, divided by the - * base. An input number that is greater than this value, if - * followed by a legal input character, is too big. One that - * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit - * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last - * digit. For instance, if the range for longs is - * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10, - * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either - * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated - * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8), - * the number is too big, and we will return a range error. - * - * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate - * overflow. - */ - cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; - cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base; - cutoff /= (unsigned long)base; - for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { - if (isdigit(c)) - c -= '0'; - else if (isalpha(c)) - c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; - else - break; - if (c >= base) - break; - if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) - any = -1; - else { - any = 1; - acc *= base; - acc += c; - } - } - if (any < 0) { - acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; - errno = ERANGE; - } else if (neg) - acc = -acc; - if (endptr != 0) - *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); - return (acc); -} diff --git a/support/strtoul.c b/support/strtoul.c deleted file mode 100644 index 54207fa..0000000 --- a/support/strtoul.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include <limits.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#if 0 -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#ifndef ULONG_MAX -#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */ -#endif - -/* - * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer. - * - * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case - * alphabets and digits are each contiguous. - */ -unsigned long -strtoul(nptr, endptr, base) - const char *nptr; - char **endptr; - register int base; -{ - register const char *s = nptr; - register unsigned long acc; - register int c; - register unsigned long cutoff; - register int neg = 0, any, cutlim; - - /* - * See strtol for comments as to the logic used. - */ - do { - c = *s++; - } while (isspace(c)); - if (c == '-') { - neg = 1; - c = *s++; - } else if (c == '+') - c = *s++; - if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && - c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) { - c = s[1]; - s += 2; - base = 16; - } - if (base == 0) - base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10; - cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base; - cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base; - for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) { - if (isdigit(c)) - c -= '0'; - else if (isalpha(c)) - c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10; - else - break; - if (c >= base) - break; - if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) - any = -1; - else { - any = 1; - acc *= base; - acc += c; - } - } - if (any < 0) { - acc = ULONG_MAX; - errno = ERANGE; - } else if (neg) - acc = -acc; - if (endptr != 0) - *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr); - return (acc); -} diff --git a/support/system.h b/support/system.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f888f4..0000000 --- a/support/system.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <limits.h> - -#if HAVE_MCHECK_H -#include <mcheck.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifdef __NeXT -/* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h - - don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */ -#include <libc.h> -#endif - -/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX -#pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif - -/*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str); - -#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) -#define vmefail() (fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL) -#define xstrdup(_str) (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str))) -#else -#define xstrdup(_str) strdup(_str) -#endif /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */ - - -#include "popt-gnome.h" diff --git a/support/vasprintf.c b/support/vasprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index 64e06b8..0000000 --- a/support/vasprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must - be freed by the caller. - Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if __STDC__ -# include <stdarg.h> -#else -# include <varargs.h> -#endif - -#ifdef TEST -int global_total_width; -#endif - -unsigned long strtoul (); -char *malloc (); - -static int -int_vasprintf (result, format, args) - char **result; - const char *format; - va_list *args; -{ - const char *p = format; - /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc - to return NULL. */ - int total_width = strlen (format) + 1; - va_list ap; - - memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list)); - - while (*p != '\0') - { - if (*p++ == '%') - { - while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p)) - ++p; - if (*p == '*') - { - ++p; - total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); - } - else - total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); - if (*p == '.') - { - ++p; - if (*p == '*') - { - ++p; - total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); - } - else - total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); - } - while (strchr ("hlL", *p)) - ++p; - /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s - and floats. */ - total_width += 30; - switch (*p) - { - case 'd': - case 'i': - case 'o': - case 'u': - case 'x': - case 'X': - case 'c': - (void) va_arg (ap, int); - break; - case 'f': - case 'e': - case 'E': - case 'g': - case 'G': - (void) va_arg (ap, double); - /* Since an ieee double can have an exponent of 307, we'll - make the buffer wide enough to cover the gross case. */ - total_width += 307; - break; - case 's': - total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *)); - break; - case 'p': - case 'n': - (void) va_arg (ap, char *); - break; - } - } - } -#ifdef TEST - global_total_width = total_width; -#endif - *result = malloc (total_width); - if (*result != NULL) - return vsprintf (*result, format, *args); - else - return 0; -} - -int -vasprintf (result, format, args) - char **result; - const char *format; - va_list args; -{ - return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args); -} - -int -asprintf -#if __STDC__ - (char **result, const char *format, ...) -#else - (result, va_alist) - char **result; - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list args; - int done; - -#if __STDC__ - va_start (args, format); -#else - char *format; - va_start (args); - format = va_arg (args, char *); -#endif - done = vasprintf (result, format, args); - va_end (args); - - return done; -} - -#ifdef TEST -void -checkit -#if __STDC__ - (const char* format, ...) -#else - (va_alist) - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list args; - char *result; - -#if __STDC__ - va_start (args, format); -#else - char *format; - va_start (args); - format = va_arg (args, char *); -#endif - vasprintf (&result, format, args); - if (strlen (result) < global_total_width) - printf ("PASS: "); - else - printf ("FAIL: "); - printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result); -} - -int -main () -{ - checkit ("%d", 0x12345678); - checkit ("%200d", 5); - checkit ("%.300d", 6); - checkit ("%100.150d", 7); - checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\ -777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"); - checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"); -} -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/support/vsnprintf.c b/support/vsnprintf.c deleted file mode 100644 index a2dfb4e..0000000 --- a/support/vsnprintf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Revision 12: http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c - * - * Copyright (c) 1997 Theo de Raadt - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#include <sys/param.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <signal.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#if __STDC__ -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -#include <varargs.h> -#endif -#include <setjmp.h> - -#ifndef roundup -#define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y)) -#endif - -static int pgsize; -static char *curobj; -static int caught; -static sigjmp_buf bail; - -#define EXTRABYTES 2 /* XXX: why 2? you don't want to know */ - -static char * -msetup(str, n) - char *str; - size_t n; -{ - char *e; - - if (n == 0) - return NULL; - if (pgsize == 0) - pgsize = getpagesize(); - curobj = (char *)malloc(n + EXTRABYTES + pgsize * 2); - if (curobj == NULL) - return NULL; - e = curobj + n + EXTRABYTES; - e = (char *)roundup((unsigned long)e, pgsize); - if (mprotect(e, pgsize, PROT_NONE) == -1) { - free(curobj); - curobj = NULL; - return NULL; - } - e = e - n - EXTRABYTES; - *e = '\0'; - return (e); -} - -static void -mcatch() -{ - siglongjmp(bail, 1); -} - -static void -mcleanup(str, n, p) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *p; -{ - strncpy(str, p, n-1); - str[n-1] = '\0'; - if (mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize, - PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_EXEC) == -1) - mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize, - PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE); - free(curobj); -} - -int -#if __STDC__ -vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap) -#else -vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *fmt; - char *ap; -#endif -{ - struct sigaction osa, nsa; - char *p; - int ret = n + 1; /* if we bail, indicated we overflowed */ - - memset(&nsa, 0, sizeof nsa); - nsa.sa_handler = mcatch; - sigemptyset(&nsa.sa_mask); - - p = msetup(str, n); - if (p == NULL) { - *str = '\0'; - return 0; - } - if (sigsetjmp(bail, 1) == 0) { - if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &nsa, &osa) == -1) { - mcleanup(str, n, p); - return (0); - } - ret = vsprintf(p, fmt, ap); - } - mcleanup(str, n, p); - (void) sigaction(SIGSEGV, &osa, NULL); - return (ret); -} - -int -#if __STDC__ -snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...) -#else -snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist) - char *str; - size_t n; - char *fmt; - va_dcl -#endif -{ - va_list ap; -#if __STDC__ - va_start(ap, fmt); -#else - va_start(ap); -#endif - - return (vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)); - va_end(ap); -} - - - |